1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
44 #include "libiberty.h"
45 #include "safe-ctype.h"
46 #include "elf-linux-core.h"
52 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
53 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct elf_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
55 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
56 file_ptr offset
, size_t align
);
58 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
59 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
60 need to move into elfcode.h. */
62 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
65 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
66 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
67 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
69 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
70 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
71 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
72 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
73 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
74 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
75 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
78 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
81 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
82 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
83 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
85 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
89 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
94 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
97 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
98 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
99 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
101 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
102 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
105 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
108 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
109 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
110 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
112 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
116 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
119 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
120 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
121 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
123 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
124 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
125 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
126 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
127 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
130 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
133 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
134 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
135 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
137 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
139 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
144 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
147 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
148 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
149 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
151 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
152 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
153 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
154 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
155 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
158 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
161 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
162 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
163 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
165 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
166 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
168 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
172 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
175 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
176 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
177 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
179 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
182 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
185 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
186 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
187 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
189 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
192 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
193 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
196 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
198 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
203 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
206 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
209 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
210 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
214 return h
& 0xffffffff;
217 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
218 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
221 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
223 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
224 unsigned long h
= 5381;
227 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
228 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
229 return h
& 0xffffffff;
232 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
233 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
235 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
237 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
239 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
240 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
241 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
244 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
245 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
247 struct output_elf_obj_tdata
*o
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof *o
);
250 elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
= o
;
251 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
258 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
260 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
261 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
266 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
268 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
269 if (!abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
))
271 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
));
272 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
!= NULL
;
276 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
278 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
279 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
281 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
283 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
285 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
286 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
289 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
290 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
292 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
293 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
294 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
296 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
297 in case the string table is not terminated. */
298 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
299 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
300 || (shstrtab
= _bfd_alloc_and_read (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1,
301 shstrtabsize
)) == NULL
)
303 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
304 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
305 the string table over and over. */
306 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
309 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
310 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
312 return (char *) shstrtab
;
316 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
317 unsigned int shindex
,
318 unsigned int strindex
)
320 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
325 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
328 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
330 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
332 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
&& hdr
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
)
334 /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
335 /* xgettext:c-format */
336 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: attempt to load strings from"
337 " a non-string section (number %d)"),
342 if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
347 /* PR 24273: The string section's contents may have already
348 been loaded elsewhere, eg because a corrupt file has the
349 string section index in the ELF header pointing at a group
350 section. So be paranoid, and test that the last byte of
351 the section is zero. */
352 if (hdr
->sh_size
== 0 || hdr
->contents
[hdr
->sh_size
- 1] != 0)
356 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
358 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
360 /* xgettext:c-format */
361 (_("%pB: invalid string offset %u >= %" PRIu64
" for section `%s'"),
362 abfd
, strindex
, (uint64_t) hdr
->sh_size
,
363 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
365 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
369 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
372 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
373 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
374 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
375 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
376 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
377 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
378 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
381 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
382 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
385 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
387 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
389 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
391 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
392 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
393 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
394 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
395 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
396 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
397 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
402 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
408 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
410 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
) != NULL
)
412 elf_section_list
* entry
;
413 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**sections
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
415 /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */
416 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
419 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
422 if (sections
[entry
->hdr
.sh_link
] == symtab_hdr
)
424 shndx_hdr
= & entry
->hdr
;
429 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
)
431 if (symtab_hdr
== & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
))
432 /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */
433 shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)->hdr
;
434 /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that
435 the index table will not be needed. */
439 /* Read the symbols. */
441 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
443 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
444 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
445 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, extsym_size
, &amt
))
447 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
451 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
452 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
454 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
455 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
457 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
458 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
459 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
465 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
469 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
), &amt
))
471 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
475 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
476 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
478 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
479 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
481 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
482 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
483 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
490 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
492 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
), &amt
))
494 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
497 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
498 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
499 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
503 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
504 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
505 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
506 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
508 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
509 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
511 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
512 /* xgettext:c-format */
513 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB symbol number %lu references"
514 " nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
515 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
516 if (alloc_intsym
!= NULL
)
523 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
525 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
526 free (alloc_extshndx
);
531 /* Look up a symbol name. */
533 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
534 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
535 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
539 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
540 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
542 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
543 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
544 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
546 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
547 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
550 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
553 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
554 name
= bfd_section_name (sym_sec
);
559 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
560 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
563 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
564 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
566 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
568 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
569 signature just a string? */
572 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
574 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
575 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
576 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
577 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
579 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
580 that it is a symbol table section. */
581 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
583 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
584 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
585 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
588 /* Go read the symbol. */
589 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
590 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
591 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
594 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
597 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
600 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
602 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
604 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
605 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
608 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
610 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
611 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
612 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
615 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
616 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
617 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
618 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
619 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
621 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
623 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
625 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
631 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
632 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
633 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
637 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
638 so we can find them quickly. */
641 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
642 amt
= num_group
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*);
643 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
644 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
645 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
649 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
651 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
653 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
656 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
658 /* Make sure the group section has a BFD section
660 if (!bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
663 /* Add to list of sections. */
664 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
667 /* Read the raw contents. */
668 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4 && sizeof (*dest
) % 4 == 0);
669 shdr
->contents
= NULL
;
670 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (shdr
->sh_size
,
671 sizeof (*dest
) / 4, &amt
)
672 || bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
674 = _bfd_alloc_and_read (abfd
, amt
, shdr
->sh_size
)))
677 /* xgettext:c-format */
678 (_("%pB: invalid size field in group section"
679 " header: %#" PRIx64
""),
680 abfd
, (uint64_t) shdr
->sh_size
);
681 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
686 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
687 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
688 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
690 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
691 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
699 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
700 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
704 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
705 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
706 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
711 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
712 /* PR binutils/23199: All sections in a
713 section group should be marked with
714 SHF_GROUP. But some tools generate
715 broken objects without SHF_GROUP. Fix
717 dest
->shdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
720 || dest
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
723 (_("%pB: invalid entry in SHT_GROUP section [%u]"),
731 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
732 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
)
734 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
736 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
739 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
740 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
= -1;
742 (_("%pB: no valid group sections found"), abfd
);
743 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
749 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
751 unsigned int search_offset
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
;
754 for (j
= 0; j
< num_group
; j
++)
756 /* Begin search from previous found group. */
757 unsigned i
= (j
+ search_offset
) % num_group
;
759 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
760 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
766 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
767 if (idx
== NULL
|| shdr
->sh_size
< 4)
769 /* See PR 21957 for a reproducer. */
770 /* xgettext:c-format */
771 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: group section '%pA' has no contents"),
772 abfd
, shdr
->bfd_section
);
773 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
] = NULL
;
774 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
777 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
779 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
780 section is a member. */
782 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
786 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
787 other members to see if any others are linked via
789 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
790 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
792 if ((++idx
)->shdr
!= NULL
793 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
794 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
798 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
799 insert current section in circular list. */
800 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
801 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
802 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
808 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
811 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
813 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
814 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
817 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
819 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
820 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
822 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
= i
;
829 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
831 /* xgettext:c-format */
832 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: no group info for section '%pA'"),
840 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
843 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
844 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
847 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
848 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
850 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
851 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
853 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
854 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
855 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
856 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
859 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
860 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
861 bed
->link_order_error_handler
862 /* xgettext:c-format */
863 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"),
868 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
870 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
872 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
873 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
877 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
878 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
882 /* xgettext:c-format */
883 (_("%pB: sh_link [%d] in section `%pA' is incorrect"),
884 s
->owner
, elfsec
, s
);
888 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
891 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
892 && elf_next_in_group (s
) == NULL
)
895 /* xgettext:c-format */
896 (_("%pB: SHT_GROUP section [index %d] has no SHF_GROUP sections"),
897 abfd
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
);
902 /* Process section groups. */
903 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
906 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
908 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
909 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
912 /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */
913 if (shdr
== NULL
|| shdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
|| shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
916 /* xgettext:c-format */
917 (_("%pB: section group entry number %u is corrupt"),
923 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
924 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
930 if (idx
->shdr
== NULL
)
932 else if (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
)
933 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
934 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
935 && idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
937 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
939 /* xgettext:c-format */
940 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s' in group [%pA]"),
943 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
944 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
957 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
959 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
963 bfd_elf_group_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
965 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
966 return elf_group_name (sec
);
971 convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
973 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
974 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
975 if (new_name
== NULL
)
979 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
984 convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
986 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
987 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
988 if (new_name
== NULL
)
991 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
995 /* This a copy of lto_section defined in GCC (lto-streamer.h). */
999 int16_t major_version
;
1000 int16_t minor_version
;
1001 unsigned char slim_object
;
1003 /* Flags is a private field that is not defined publicly. */
1007 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
1008 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
1011 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1012 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1018 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1020 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1023 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
1024 if (newsect
== NULL
)
1027 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
1028 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
1029 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
1031 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
1032 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
1033 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
1035 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
1037 if (!bfd_set_section_vma (newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
1038 || !bfd_set_section_size (newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
1039 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (newsect
, bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
1042 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
1043 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1044 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
1045 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
1047 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
1050 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1053 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
1054 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
1055 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
1057 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1059 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
1062 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
1064 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
1065 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
1066 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
1067 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
1069 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
1070 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
1071 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
1072 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1074 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
])
1076 /* FIXME: We should not recognize SHF_GNU_MBIND for ELFOSABI_NONE,
1077 but binutils as of 2019-07-23 did not set the EI_OSABI header
1081 case ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
:
1082 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
1083 elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
|= elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
;
1087 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
1089 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
1090 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
1091 if (name
[0] == '.')
1093 if (strncmp (name
, ".debug", 6) == 0
1094 || strncmp (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", 17) == 0
1095 || strncmp (name
, ".zdebug", 7) == 0)
1096 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
| SEC_ELF_OCTETS
;
1097 else if (strncmp (name
, GNU_BUILD_ATTRS_SECTION_NAME
, 21) == 0
1098 || strncmp (name
, ".note.gnu", 9) == 0)
1099 flags
|= SEC_ELF_OCTETS
;
1100 else if (strncmp (name
, ".line", 5) == 0
1101 || strncmp (name
, ".stab", 5) == 0
1102 || strcmp (name
, ".gdb_index") == 0)
1103 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
1107 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
1108 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
1109 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
1110 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
1111 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
1112 all but one of the sections. */
1113 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
1114 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
1115 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1117 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (newsect
, flags
))
1120 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1121 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
1122 if (!bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (hdr
))
1125 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
1126 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
1127 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
1128 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
1132 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
1135 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
,
1136 hdr
->sh_offset
, hdr
->sh_addralign
);
1140 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1142 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
1143 unsigned int i
, nload
;
1145 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
1146 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
1147 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
1148 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
1149 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1150 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1151 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
1153 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
1155 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
1158 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1159 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1161 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
1162 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
1163 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
1164 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
1166 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
1167 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1168 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
1170 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1171 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1172 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1173 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1174 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1175 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1176 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1177 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1178 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
1180 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1181 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1182 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1183 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1184 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1185 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1186 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1192 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1193 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1194 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1195 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1196 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1198 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1199 int compression_header_size
;
1200 bfd_size_type uncompressed_size
;
1201 unsigned int uncompressed_align_power
;
1202 bfd_boolean compressed
1203 = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd
, newsect
,
1204 &compression_header_size
,
1206 &uncompressed_align_power
);
1209 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1210 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1211 action
= decompress
;
1214 /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
1215 section. Check if we should compress. */
1216 if (action
== nothing
)
1218 if (newsect
->size
!= 0
1219 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
)
1220 && compression_header_size
>= 0
1221 && uncompressed_size
> 0
1223 || ((compression_header_size
> 0)
1224 != ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0))))
1230 if (action
== compress
)
1232 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1235 /* xgettext:c-format */
1236 (_("%pB: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1243 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1246 /* xgettext:c-format */
1247 (_("%pB: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1253 if (abfd
->is_linker_input
)
1256 && (action
== decompress
1257 || (action
== compress
1258 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0)))
1260 /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
1261 that linker will consider this section as a debug
1263 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
1264 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1266 bfd_rename_section (newsect
, new_name
);
1270 /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay
1271 section rename to elf_fake_sections. */
1272 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_RENAME
;
1275 /* GCC uses .gnu.lto_.lto.<some_hash> as a LTO bytecode information
1277 const char *lto_section_name
= ".gnu.lto_.lto.";
1278 if (strncmp (name
, lto_section_name
, strlen (lto_section_name
)) == 0)
1280 struct lto_section lsection
;
1281 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, newsect
, &lsection
, 0,
1282 sizeof (struct lto_section
)))
1283 abfd
->lto_slim_object
= lsection
.slim_object
;
1289 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] =
1291 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1292 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1293 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1296 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1297 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1298 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1299 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1300 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1301 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1302 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1303 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1304 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1306 bfd_reloc_status_type
1307 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1308 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1310 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1311 asection
*input_section
,
1313 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1315 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1316 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1317 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1318 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1320 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1321 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1324 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1327 /* Returns TRUE if section A matches section B.
1328 Names, addresses and links may be different, but everything else
1329 should be the same. */
1332 section_match (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* a
,
1333 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* b
)
1335 if (a
->sh_type
!= b
->sh_type
1336 || ((a
->sh_flags
^ b
->sh_flags
) & ~SHF_INFO_LINK
) != 0
1337 || a
->sh_addralign
!= b
->sh_addralign
1338 || a
->sh_entsize
!= b
->sh_entsize
)
1340 if (a
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1341 || a
->sh_type
== SHT_STRTAB
)
1343 return a
->sh_size
== b
->sh_size
;
1346 /* Find a section in OBFD that has the same characteristics
1347 as IHEADER. Return the index of this section or SHN_UNDEF if
1348 none can be found. Check's section HINT first, as this is likely
1349 to be the correct section. */
1352 find_link (const bfd
*obfd
, const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1353 const unsigned int hint
)
1355 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1358 BFD_ASSERT (iheader
!= NULL
);
1360 /* See PR 20922 for a reproducer of the NULL test. */
1361 if (hint
< elf_numsections (obfd
)
1362 && oheaders
[hint
] != NULL
1363 && section_match (oheaders
[hint
], iheader
))
1366 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1368 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1370 if (oheader
== NULL
)
1372 if (section_match (oheader
, iheader
))
1373 /* FIXME: Do we care if there is a potential for
1374 multiple matches ? */
1381 /* PR 19938: Attempt to set the ELF section header fields of an OS or
1382 Processor specific section, based upon a matching input section.
1383 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
1386 copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
*ibfd
,
1388 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1389 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*oheader
,
1390 const unsigned int secnum
)
1392 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1393 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1394 bfd_boolean changed
= FALSE
;
1395 unsigned int sh_link
;
1397 if (oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
1399 /* This is a feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug:
1400 When a section's type is changed to NOBITS, we preserve
1401 the sh_link and sh_info fields so that they can be
1402 matched up with the original.
1404 Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong.
1405 The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the
1406 relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
1407 the same location as they were in the input BFD. But
1408 the whole point of this action is to preserve the
1409 original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so
1410 that they can be matched up with the section headers in
1411 the original file. So strictly speaking we may be
1412 creating an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file
1413 that just contains debug info and only for sections
1414 without any contents. */
1415 if (oheader
->sh_link
== 0)
1416 oheader
->sh_link
= iheader
->sh_link
;
1417 if (oheader
->sh_info
== 0)
1418 oheader
->sh_info
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1422 /* Allow the target a chance to decide how these fields should be set. */
1423 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
!= NULL
1424 && bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
1425 (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
))
1428 /* We have an iheader which might match oheader, and which has non-zero
1429 sh_info and/or sh_link fields. Attempt to follow those links and find
1430 the section in the output bfd which corresponds to the linked section
1431 in the input bfd. */
1432 if (iheader
->sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1434 /* See PR 20931 for a reproducer. */
1435 if (iheader
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1438 /* xgettext:c-format */
1439 (_("%pB: invalid sh_link field (%d) in section number %d"),
1440 ibfd
, iheader
->sh_link
, secnum
);
1444 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_link
], iheader
->sh_link
);
1445 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1447 oheader
->sh_link
= sh_link
;
1451 /* FIXME: Should we install iheader->sh_link
1452 if we could not find a match ? */
1454 /* xgettext:c-format */
1455 (_("%pB: failed to find link section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1458 if (iheader
->sh_info
)
1460 /* The sh_info field can hold arbitrary information, but if the
1461 SHF_LINK_INFO flag is set then it should be interpreted as a
1463 if (iheader
->sh_flags
& SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1465 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_info
],
1467 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1468 oheader
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
1471 /* No idea what it means - just copy it. */
1472 sh_link
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1474 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1476 oheader
->sh_info
= sh_link
;
1481 /* xgettext:c-format */
1482 (_("%pB: failed to find info section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1488 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1492 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1494 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1495 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1496 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1499 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1500 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1503 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
1505 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1506 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1509 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1511 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1512 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] =
1513 elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
];
1515 /* If set, copy the EI_ABIVERSION field. */
1516 if (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
])
1517 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
]
1518 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
];
1520 /* Copy object attributes. */
1521 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1523 if (iheaders
== NULL
|| oheaders
== NULL
)
1526 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1528 /* Possibly copy other fields in the section header. */
1529 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1532 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1534 /* Ignore ordinary sections. SHT_NOBITS sections are considered however
1535 because of a special case need for generating separate debug info
1536 files. See below for more details. */
1538 || (oheader
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
1539 && oheader
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
))
1542 /* Ignore empty sections, and sections whose
1543 fields have already been initialised. */
1544 if (oheader
->sh_size
== 0
1545 || (oheader
->sh_info
!= 0 && oheader
->sh_link
!= 0))
1548 /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd.
1549 First we try for a direct mapping between the input and output sections. */
1550 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1552 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1554 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1557 if (oheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1558 && iheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1559 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
!= NULL
1560 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
== oheader
->bfd_section
)
1562 /* We have found a connection from the input section to the
1563 output section. Attempt to copy the header fields. If
1564 this fails then do not try any further sections - there
1565 should only be a one-to-one mapping between input and output. */
1566 if (! copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1567 j
= elf_numsections (ibfd
);
1572 if (j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1575 /* That failed. So try to deduce the corresponding input section.
1576 Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table
1577 is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */
1578 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1580 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1582 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1585 /* Try matching fields in the input section's header.
1586 Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections into
1587 SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type matches any
1589 if ((oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
1590 || iheader
->sh_type
== oheader
->sh_type
)
1591 && (iheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1592 == (oheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1593 && iheader
->sh_addralign
== oheader
->sh_addralign
1594 && iheader
->sh_entsize
== oheader
->sh_entsize
1595 && iheader
->sh_size
== oheader
->sh_size
1596 && iheader
->sh_addr
== oheader
->sh_addr
1597 && (iheader
->sh_info
!= oheader
->sh_info
1598 || iheader
->sh_link
!= oheader
->sh_link
))
1600 if (copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1605 if (j
== elf_numsections (ibfd
) && oheader
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
)
1607 /* Final attempt. Call the backend copy function
1608 with a NULL input section. */
1609 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
!= NULL
)
1610 (void) bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, NULL
, oheader
);
1618 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1623 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1624 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1625 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1626 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1627 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1628 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1629 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1630 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1631 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1632 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1633 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1634 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1639 /* Print out the program headers. */
1642 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1644 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1645 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1647 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1649 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1654 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1655 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1656 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1658 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1663 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1666 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1667 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1668 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1669 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1670 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1671 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1672 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1673 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1674 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1675 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1676 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1677 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1678 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1679 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1680 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1681 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1682 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1687 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1690 unsigned int elfsec
;
1691 unsigned long shlink
;
1692 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1694 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1696 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1698 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1701 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1702 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1704 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1706 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1707 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1710 /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
1711 if (s
->size
< extdynsize
)
1713 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1714 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1716 for (; extdyn
<= (extdynend
- extdynsize
); extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1718 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1719 const char *name
= "";
1721 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1722 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1724 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1726 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1733 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1734 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1736 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1738 sprintf (ab
, "%#" BFD_VMA_FMT
"x", dyn
.d_tag
);
1743 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1744 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1745 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1746 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1747 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1748 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1749 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1750 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1751 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1752 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1753 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1754 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1755 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1756 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1757 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1758 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1759 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1760 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1761 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1762 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1763 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1764 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1765 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1766 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1767 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1768 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1769 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1770 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1771 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1772 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1773 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1774 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1775 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1776 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1777 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1778 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1779 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1780 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1781 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1782 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1783 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1784 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1785 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1786 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1787 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1788 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1789 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1790 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1791 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1792 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1793 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1794 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1795 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1796 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1797 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1798 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1799 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1800 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1803 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1807 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1812 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1814 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1817 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1826 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1827 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1829 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1833 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1835 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1837 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1838 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1840 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1841 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1842 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1843 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1845 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1848 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1852 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1858 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1860 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1862 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1863 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1865 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1867 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1868 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1869 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1870 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1871 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1872 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1884 /* Get version string. */
1887 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1888 bfd_boolean
*hidden
)
1890 const char *version_string
= NULL
;
1891 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0
1892 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0))
1894 unsigned int vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
;
1896 *hidden
= (vernum
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0;
1897 vernum
&= VERSYM_VERSION
;
1900 version_string
= "";
1901 else if (vernum
== 1
1902 && (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
1903 || (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[0].vd_flags
1905 version_string
= "Base";
1906 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1908 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1911 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1913 version_string
= _("<corrupt>");
1914 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1918 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1920 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1922 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1924 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1931 return version_string
;
1934 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1937 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1940 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1942 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1945 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1946 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1948 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1949 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1950 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1951 fprintf (file
, " %x", symbol
->flags
);
1953 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1955 const char *section_name
;
1956 const char *name
= NULL
;
1957 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1958 unsigned char st_other
;
1960 const char *version_string
;
1963 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1965 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1966 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1967 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1971 name
= symbol
->name
;
1972 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1975 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1976 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1977 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1978 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1979 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1980 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1981 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1983 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1984 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1986 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1987 version_string
= _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd
,
1993 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1998 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1999 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
2004 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
2005 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
2010 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
2011 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
2012 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
2014 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
2016 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
2019 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
2025 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
2027 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
2030 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
2032 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
2033 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
2034 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2036 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
2037 static bfd_boolean
* sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2038 static bfd
* sections_being_created_abfd
= NULL
;
2039 static unsigned int nesting
= 0;
2041 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2046 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a recursive group of
2047 sections, with each the string indices pointing to the next in the
2048 loop. Detect this here, by refusing to load a section that we are
2049 already in the process of loading. We only trigger this test if
2050 we have nested at least three sections deep as normal ELF binaries
2051 can expect to recurse at least once.
2053 FIXME: It would be better if this array was attached to the bfd,
2054 rather than being held in a static pointer. */
2056 if (sections_being_created_abfd
!= abfd
)
2057 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2058 if (sections_being_created
== NULL
)
2060 size_t amt
= elf_numsections (abfd
) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
2061 sections_being_created
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2062 if (sections_being_created
== NULL
)
2064 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2066 if (sections_being_created
[shindex
])
2069 (_("%pB: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd
);
2072 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = TRUE
;
2075 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
2076 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
2077 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
2082 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2083 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
2086 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
2089 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
2090 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
2091 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
2092 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
2093 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
2094 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
2095 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
2096 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
2097 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
2098 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2101 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
2102 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2105 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
2107 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
2108 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
2109 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
2112 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
2113 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
2114 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
2116 /* Otherwise fall through. */
2121 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
2123 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
2125 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
2127 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
2128 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
2129 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
2130 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2132 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
2133 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2137 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2139 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2140 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2142 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2143 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2145 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2153 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table. */
2154 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2157 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2160 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2162 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2164 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2165 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2166 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2171 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table.
2172 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2173 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2176 /* xgettext:c-format */
2177 (_("%pB: warning: multiple symbol tables detected"
2178 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2182 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2183 elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
) = *hdr
;
2184 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2185 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2187 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
2188 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
2189 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
2190 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
2191 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
2193 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
2194 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
2195 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2199 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
2200 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
2201 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
2203 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2204 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2206 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2207 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
== shindex
)
2210 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2211 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2213 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2215 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2216 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2221 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
2223 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2225 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2226 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2231 ret
= bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
2232 /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */
2236 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
2237 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2240 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2243 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2245 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2248 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2249 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2250 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2255 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table.
2256 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2257 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2260 /* xgettext:c-format */
2261 (_("%pB: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected"
2262 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2266 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2267 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2268 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2269 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2271 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
2272 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
2273 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2276 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
2278 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2280 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2281 if (entry
->ndx
== shindex
)
2284 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
2287 entry
->ndx
= shindex
;
2289 entry
->next
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
2290 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
2291 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = & entry
->hdr
;
2295 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table. */
2296 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
2299 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
2301 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2302 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
2306 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2309 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2310 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
2314 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2317 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2318 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
2319 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
2320 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
2322 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2327 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
2328 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
2329 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
2330 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2332 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2334 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2335 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2337 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2338 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2340 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2343 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
2345 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2347 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2348 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
2352 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2357 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2359 asection
*target_sect
;
2360 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
2361 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2362 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
2365 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2366 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2369 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2370 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2373 /* xgettext:c-format */
2374 (_("%pB: invalid link %u for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2375 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
);
2376 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2381 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2382 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2383 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2384 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2385 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2386 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2387 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
2389 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
2390 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
2391 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2392 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2398 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2400 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2401 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2412 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2415 /* Get the symbol table. */
2416 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2417 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2418 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2421 /* If this is an alloc section in an executable or shared
2422 library, or the reloc section does not use the main symbol
2423 table we don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't
2424 adequately represent such a section, so at least for now,
2425 we don't try. We just present it as a normal section. We
2426 also can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the
2427 null section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or
2428 its sh_link points to the null section. */
2429 if (((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) != 0
2430 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2431 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
2432 || hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2433 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2434 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2435 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2436 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2438 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2443 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2446 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2447 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2450 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
2451 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2452 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
2454 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
2456 /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7.
2457 Also see PR 24456, for a file which deliberately has two reloc
2461 if (bed
->init_secondary_reloc_section
== NULL
2462 || ! bed
->init_secondary_reloc_section (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2465 /* xgettext:c-format */
2466 (_("%pB: warning: secondary relocation section '%s' for section %pA found - ignoring"),
2467 abfd
, name
, target_sect
);
2472 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*hdr2
));
2477 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2478 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
)
2479 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2480 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2481 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2482 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2483 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2484 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2485 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2487 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2488 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
2490 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2494 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2495 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2496 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2497 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2500 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2501 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2504 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2505 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2506 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2509 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2510 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2511 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2512 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2519 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
2522 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2528 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2529 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2530 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
2532 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2534 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
2538 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2539 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2542 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2544 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2545 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2546 for applications? */
2548 /* xgettext:c-format */
2549 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2550 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2553 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2554 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2559 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2560 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2561 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2563 /* xgettext:c-format */
2564 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2565 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2566 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2568 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2569 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2570 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2571 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2572 be rejected with an error message. */
2574 /* xgettext:c-format */
2575 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2576 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2579 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2580 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2585 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2587 /* xgettext:c-format */
2588 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2589 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2597 if (sections_being_created
&& sections_being_created_abfd
== abfd
)
2598 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = FALSE
;
2599 if (-- nesting
== 0)
2601 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2602 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2607 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2610 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2612 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2614 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2616 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2618 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2619 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2620 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2622 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2623 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2624 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2627 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2629 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2632 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2635 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2638 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2642 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2644 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2646 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2649 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2651 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2652 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2655 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2657 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2658 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ctf"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2659 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2662 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2664 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2665 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2666 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2667 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2668 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2669 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2670 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2671 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2672 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2673 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2674 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2675 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2676 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2677 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2680 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2682 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2683 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), -2, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2684 { NULL
, 0 , 0, 0, 0 }
2687 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2689 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2690 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2691 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2692 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2693 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2694 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2695 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2696 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2697 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2698 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2701 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2703 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2704 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2707 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2709 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2710 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), -2, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2711 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2712 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2715 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2717 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2718 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2721 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2723 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2724 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2725 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2728 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2730 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), -2, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2731 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2732 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2735 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2737 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2738 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2739 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2740 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2741 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2744 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2746 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2747 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2748 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2749 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2750 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2751 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2752 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2755 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2757 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2758 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2759 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2760 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2763 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2765 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2766 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2767 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2768 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2769 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2772 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2774 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2775 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2776 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2778 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2779 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2780 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2781 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2784 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2786 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2788 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2790 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2791 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2792 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2798 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2801 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2802 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2803 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2809 len
= strlen (name
);
2811 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2814 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2816 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2818 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2821 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2822 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2824 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2826 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2828 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2829 && (suffix_len
== -2
2830 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2836 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2838 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2839 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2849 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2850 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2853 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2854 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2856 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2857 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2860 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2861 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2864 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2865 bed
->special_sections
,
2871 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2874 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2875 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2878 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2883 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2887 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2889 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2890 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2891 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2893 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2896 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2900 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2903 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2904 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2905 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2907 /* Set up ELF section type and flags for newly created sections, if
2908 there is an ABI mandated section. */
2909 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2912 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2913 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2916 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2919 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2921 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2922 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2923 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2924 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2926 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2927 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2928 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2929 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2930 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2931 of combined data+bss.
2933 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2934 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2935 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2936 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2937 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2942 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2943 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2945 const char *type_name
)
2953 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2954 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2955 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2957 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2959 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2960 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2961 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2964 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2965 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2966 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2968 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2969 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2970 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2971 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2972 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2973 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2974 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2976 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2977 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2978 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2980 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2982 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2985 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2987 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2991 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
2995 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
2996 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2997 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
3000 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
3001 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
3002 if (newsect
== NULL
)
3004 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
3005 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
3006 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
3007 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
3008 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
3009 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
3010 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
3011 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
3012 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
3014 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
3015 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
3016 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
3017 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
3018 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
3019 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
3020 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
3022 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
3023 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
3024 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
3026 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
3027 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
3034 _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (bfd
*templ
, bfd_vma offset
)
3036 /* The return value is ignored. Build-ids are considered optional. */
3037 if (templ
->xvec
->flavour
== bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
3038 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_core_find_build_id
)
3044 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
3046 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3048 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
3051 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
3054 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load"))
3056 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
&& abfd
->build_id
== NULL
)
3057 _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
);
3061 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
3064 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
3067 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
3069 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
,
3075 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
3078 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
3080 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
3081 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
3085 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
3088 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
3091 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
3092 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3093 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
3097 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
3101 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
3103 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
3105 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
3106 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
3109 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
3113 _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd
*abfd
,
3114 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
3115 const char *sec_name
,
3116 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
3118 char *name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
3119 sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name
));
3123 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name
);
3125 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
3127 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3133 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
3134 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
3135 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
3139 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
3140 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
3141 const char *sec_name
,
3142 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
,
3143 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
)
3145 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
3146 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3148 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
3149 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*rel_hdr
));
3150 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
3152 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3153 rel_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3154 else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
, rel_hdr
, sec_name
,
3157 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
3158 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
3159 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
3160 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
3161 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
3162 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3163 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3164 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3165 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3170 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
3173 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
3175 if ((flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
)) != 0
3176 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
3178 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
3181 struct fake_section_arg
3183 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
3187 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
3190 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
3192 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
3193 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3194 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
3195 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
3196 unsigned int sh_type
;
3197 const char *name
= asect
->name
;
3198 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
= FALSE
;
3203 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
3208 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
3212 /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */
3213 if ((arg
->link_info
->compress_debug
& COMPRESS_DEBUG
)
3214 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
3218 /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
3220 asect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
;
3221 /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding section
3222 name to section name section after it is compressed in
3223 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
3224 delay_st_name_p
= TRUE
;
3227 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ELF_RENAME
))
3229 /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */
3230 if ((abfd
->flags
& (BFD_DECOMPRESS
| BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
)))
3232 /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
3233 convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
3237 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
3238 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3246 else if (asect
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
)
3248 /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
3249 section smaller. So only rename the section when
3250 compression has actually taken place. If input section
3251 name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */
3252 char *new_name
= convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
3253 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3258 BFD_ASSERT (name
[1] != 'z');
3263 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3264 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3268 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3270 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3277 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
3279 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3280 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
3281 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
3283 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3285 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3286 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
3287 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3288 /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
3289 if (asect
->alignment_power
>= (sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 1)
3292 /* xgettext:c-format */
3293 (_("%pB: error: alignment power %d of section `%pA' is too big"),
3294 abfd
, asect
->alignment_power
, asect
);
3298 /* Set sh_addralign to the highest power of two given by alignment
3299 consistent with the section VMA. Linker scripts can force VMA. */
3300 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
) | this_hdr
->sh_addr
;
3301 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= mask
& -mask
;
3302 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
3303 copy_private_section_data. */
3305 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
3306 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
3308 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
3310 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
3311 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
3313 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
3315 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
3316 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3317 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
3318 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
3319 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3321 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
3322 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
3323 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
3324 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
3326 (_("warning: section `%pA' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
3327 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3330 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
3341 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
3342 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
3343 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
3344 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
3348 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
3352 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3356 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3360 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
3361 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
3365 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
3366 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
3369 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3370 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
3373 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3374 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3375 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3376 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
3378 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3379 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
3381 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
3382 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
3385 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3386 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3387 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3388 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
3390 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3391 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
3393 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
3394 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
3398 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
3402 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
3406 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3407 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
3408 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3409 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
3410 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
3411 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
3412 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
3414 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
3415 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
3417 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
3418 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
3419 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
3420 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3421 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3423 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
3424 if (asect
->size
== 0
3425 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
3427 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
3429 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3432 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
3433 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3434 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
3438 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
3439 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
3441 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
3442 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
3443 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
3444 create the other. */
3445 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
3447 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
3450 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
3451 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
3452 && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg
->link_info
)
3453 || arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
3455 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
3456 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, name
,
3457 FALSE
, delay_st_name_p
))
3462 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
3463 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, name
,
3464 TRUE
, delay_st_name_p
))
3470 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
3472 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
3482 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
3483 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
3484 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
3485 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
3491 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
3493 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
3494 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
3495 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3499 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
3500 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
3501 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
3502 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
3505 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
3507 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
3508 asection
*elt
, *first
;
3512 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
3514 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
3519 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
3521 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
3523 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
3525 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
3526 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
3530 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
3531 elf_section_syms. */
3532 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
);
3533 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
3535 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
3537 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
3539 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
3540 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
3541 set until all local symbols are output. */
3543 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
;
3544 unsigned long symndx
;
3545 unsigned long extsymoff
;
3546 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3548 /* The point of this little dance to the first SHF_GROUP section
3549 then back to the SHT_GROUP section is that this gets us to
3550 the SHT_GROUP in the input object. */
3551 igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
3552 sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
3553 symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
3555 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
3557 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3559 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
3560 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3562 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
3563 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3564 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3565 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3567 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
3570 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
3572 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3575 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
3577 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
3578 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
3579 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3586 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
3588 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3589 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3590 start of the input section group. */
3591 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
3593 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3594 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3595 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3596 directives, not that it matters. */
3603 s
= s
->output_section
;
3605 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
3607 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
3608 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*input_elf_sec
= elf_section_data (elt
);
3610 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3612 || (input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3613 && input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3615 elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3617 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rel
.idx
, loc
);
3619 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3621 || (input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3622 && input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3624 elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3626 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rela
.idx
, loc
);
3629 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->this_idx
, loc
);
3631 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
3637 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== sec
->contents
);
3639 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
3642 /* Given NAME, the name of a relocation section stripped of its
3643 .rel/.rela prefix, return the section in ABFD to which the
3644 relocations apply. */
3647 _bfd_elf_plt_get_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
3649 /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
3650 section likely apply to .got.plt or .got section. */
3651 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->want_got_plt
3652 && strcmp (name
, ".plt") == 0)
3657 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3663 return bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3666 /* Return the section to which RELOC_SEC applies. */
3669 elf_get_reloc_section (asection
*reloc_sec
)
3674 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3676 type
= elf_section_data (reloc_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
;
3677 if (type
!= SHT_REL
&& type
!= SHT_RELA
)
3680 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3681 name
= reloc_sec
->name
;
3682 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) != 0)
3685 if (type
== SHT_RELA
&& *name
++ != 'a')
3688 abfd
= reloc_sec
->owner
;
3689 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3690 return bed
->get_reloc_section (abfd
, name
);
3693 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3694 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3695 in here too, while we're at it. */
3698 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3700 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
3702 unsigned int section_number
;
3703 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
3704 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
3705 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3710 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3712 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3713 if (link_info
== NULL
|| !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
3715 size_t reloc_count
= 0;
3717 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3718 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3720 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3722 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3724 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3726 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3727 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3728 abfd
->section_count
--;
3731 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3734 /* Count relocations. */
3735 reloc_count
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
3738 /* Clear HAS_RELOC if there are no relocations. */
3739 if (reloc_count
== 0)
3740 abfd
->flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
3743 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3745 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3747 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3748 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3749 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3750 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3753 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
3754 if (d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3755 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3762 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
3763 if (d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3764 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3770 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3771 || (link_info
== NULL
3772 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3776 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3777 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3778 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3780 elf_section_list
*entry
;
3782 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) == NULL
);
3784 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3785 entry
->ndx
= section_number
++;
3786 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
3788 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3789 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3790 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3793 elf_strtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3794 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3797 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3798 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3799 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
3801 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3803 /* xgettext:c-format */
3804 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: too many sections: %u"),
3805 abfd
, section_number
);
3809 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3810 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3812 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3814 amt
= section_number
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*);
3815 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3816 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3819 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3820 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3821 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3823 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3827 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3829 i_shdrp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3832 i_shdrp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3833 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3835 elf_section_list
* entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
3836 BFD_ASSERT (entry
!= NULL
);
3837 i_shdrp
[entry
->ndx
] = & entry
->hdr
;
3838 entry
->hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3840 i_shdrp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3841 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
3844 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3848 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3850 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3851 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3852 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3853 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3854 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3856 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3858 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3859 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3860 the relocation entries apply. */
3861 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3863 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3864 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3865 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3867 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3869 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3870 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3871 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3874 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3875 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3877 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3880 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3881 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3883 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3884 if (discarded_section (s
))
3888 /* xgettext:c-format */
3889 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3890 " discarded section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3891 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3893 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3894 size as the discarded one. */
3895 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3898 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3904 s
= s
->output_section
;
3905 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3909 /* Handle objcopy. */
3910 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3913 /* xgettext:c-format */
3914 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3915 " removed section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3916 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3917 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3920 s
= s
->output_section
;
3922 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3927 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3928 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3929 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3931 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3932 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3933 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3934 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3935 /* xgettext:c-format */
3936 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"),
3941 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3945 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3946 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3947 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3948 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3949 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3950 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3951 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3953 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3955 s
= elf_get_reloc_section (sec
);
3958 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3959 d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3964 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3965 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3966 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3967 field to point to this section. */
3968 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3969 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3974 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3975 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3978 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3979 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3980 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3984 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3986 /* This is a .stab section. */
3987 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3988 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3989 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3996 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3997 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3998 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3999 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
4001 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
4003 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
4006 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
4007 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
4008 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
4009 the version strings. */
4010 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
4011 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
4013 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
4018 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
4019 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
4020 this hash table or version table is for. */
4021 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
4023 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
4027 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
4031 /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that
4032 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF
4033 debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */
4039 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4041 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
4042 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4043 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
4044 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
4046 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
4047 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym
))
4048 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym
)));
4051 /* Filter global symbols of ABFD to include in the import library. All
4052 SYMCOUNT symbols of ABFD can be examined from their pointers in
4053 SYMS. Pointers of symbols to keep should be stored contiguously at
4054 the beginning of that array.
4056 Returns the number of symbols to keep. */
4059 _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4060 asymbol
**syms
, long symcount
)
4062 long src_count
, dst_count
= 0;
4064 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
4066 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[src_count
];
4067 char *name
= (char *) bfd_asymbol_name (sym
);
4068 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4070 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4073 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4076 if (h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
&& h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4078 if (h
->linker_def
|| h
->ldscript_def
)
4081 syms
[dst_count
++] = sym
;
4084 syms
[dst_count
] = NULL
;
4089 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
4090 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
4093 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4095 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
4100 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
4103 if (sym
->section
== NULL
)
4106 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, sym
);
4107 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
4108 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
4109 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4110 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
4111 || (sym
->section
->output_section
!= NULL
4112 && sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
4113 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
4114 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
4117 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
4118 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
4121 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int *pnum_locals
)
4123 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
4124 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
4125 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
4126 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
4127 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
4128 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
4129 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
4130 unsigned int max_index
= 0;
4137 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
4141 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4143 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
4144 max_index
= asect
->index
;
4148 amt
= max_index
* sizeof (asymbol
*);
4149 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4150 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
4152 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
4153 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
4155 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
4156 decided to output. */
4157 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4159 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4161 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
4163 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4164 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4166 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
4168 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
4169 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
4171 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
4175 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
4176 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4178 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4180 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4184 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
4185 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
4186 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
4187 at least in that case. */
4188 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4190 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4192 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
4199 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
4200 amt
= (num_locals
+ num_globals
) * sizeof (asymbol
*);
4201 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4202 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
4205 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4207 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4210 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4211 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4212 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
4217 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4219 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4221 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4223 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
4226 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
4227 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4230 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4232 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4236 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
4238 *pnum_locals
= num_locals
;
4242 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
4243 ELF data structure. */
4245 static inline file_ptr
4246 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
4248 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
4251 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
4252 required section alignment. */
4255 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
4259 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
4260 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
4261 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
4262 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4263 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
4264 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4265 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
4269 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
4270 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
4271 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
4274 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
4275 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4277 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4278 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
4280 struct elf_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
4281 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
4282 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
4284 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
4287 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
4288 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
4289 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4291 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_init_file_header
) (abfd
, link_info
))
4294 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
4295 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
4296 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
4300 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
4303 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
4304 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
4305 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
4306 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
4310 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
4311 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
4313 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
4318 if (link_info
== NULL
)
4320 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
4325 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
4326 /* sh_name was set in init_file_header. */
4327 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
4328 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
4329 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
4330 /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4331 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4332 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
4333 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
4334 /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4335 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
4337 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
4343 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4345 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
4347 hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4348 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4350 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
)
4352 hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
4353 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4354 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4355 /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */
4358 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
4359 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4361 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
4363 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
4365 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4366 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
4368 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab
);
4371 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
4376 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
4377 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
4379 static bfd_size_type
4380 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4384 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4386 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4387 and one for data. */
4390 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4391 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4393 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4394 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4395 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4400 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
4402 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4406 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4408 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4412 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
))
4414 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4418 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4420 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4424 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
4425 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
4426 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
4428 /* We need a PT_GNU_PROPERTY segment. */
4432 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4434 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4435 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4437 unsigned int alignment_power
;
4438 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4440 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment for all adjacent
4441 loadable SHT_NOTE sections. gABI requires that within a
4442 PT_NOTE segment (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
4443 each note should have the same alignment. So we check
4444 whether the sections are correctly aligned. */
4445 alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
4446 while (s
->next
!= NULL
4447 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
4448 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4449 && elf_section_type (s
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4454 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4456 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4458 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4464 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4466 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4467 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0)
4469 /* Add a PT_GNU_MBIND segment for each mbind section. */
4470 unsigned int page_align_power
= bfd_log2 (bed
->commonpagesize
);
4471 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4472 if (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
4474 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
> PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
)
4477 /* xgettext:c-format */
4478 (_("%pB: GNU_MBIND section `%pA' has invalid "
4479 "sh_info field: %d"),
4480 abfd
, s
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
4483 /* Align mbind section to page size. */
4484 if (s
->alignment_power
< page_align_power
)
4485 s
->alignment_power
= page_align_power
;
4490 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4491 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
4495 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
4501 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4504 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
4507 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
4509 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4510 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4512 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4518 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
4519 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
4526 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
4528 static struct elf_segment_map
*
4529 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
4530 asection
**sections
,
4535 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4540 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
4541 amt
+= (to
- from
) * sizeof (asection
*);
4542 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4546 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
4547 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4548 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
4549 m
->count
= to
- from
;
4551 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
4553 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
4554 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
4555 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4561 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
4564 struct elf_segment_map
*
4565 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
4567 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4569 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
4570 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
4574 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
4576 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
4581 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
4584 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
4585 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4586 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
4588 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
4589 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4591 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4592 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4593 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4594 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
4596 m
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
4599 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
4601 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
4603 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
4604 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4605 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
4607 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
4611 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
4613 if (remove_empty_load
4614 && (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4616 && !(*m
)->includes_phdrs
)
4622 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4623 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
4625 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
4632 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
4633 ((s->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4635 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
4638 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4641 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4642 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
4643 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4644 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
4646 no_user_phdrs
= elf_seg_map (abfd
) == NULL
;
4649 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
4651 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
4655 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
4656 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
4659 unsigned int hdr_index
;
4660 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
4662 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
;
4663 bfd_boolean writable
;
4664 bfd_boolean executable
;
4665 unsigned int tls_count
= 0;
4666 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
4667 asection
*first_mbind
= NULL
;
4668 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
4670 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0;
4671 bfd_size_type phdr_size
;
4673 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
4675 amt
= bfd_count_sections (abfd
) * sizeof (asection
*);
4676 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4677 if (sections
== NULL
)
4680 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
4681 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
4683 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
4684 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
4687 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4689 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4691 /* target_index is unused until bfd_elf_final_link
4692 starts output of section symbols. Use it to make
4694 s
->target_index
= i
;
4697 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
4698 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
4699 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
;
4702 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
4705 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
4707 phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
4708 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4709 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
4710 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4711 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4712 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4714 phdr_in_segment
= info
!= NULL
&& info
->load_phdrs
;
4716 && (((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) & (maxpagesize
- 1))
4717 >= (phdr_size
& (maxpagesize
- 1))))
4718 /* For compatibility with old scripts that may not be using
4719 SIZEOF_HEADERS, add headers when it looks like space has
4720 been left for them. */
4721 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4723 /* Build the mapping. */
4727 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
4728 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
4730 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4731 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4733 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4734 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4738 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
4740 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4741 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4742 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4746 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4747 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4751 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
4759 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
4760 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
4761 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
4767 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4769 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
4772 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4773 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4775 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4776 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4777 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4778 program headers we will need. */
4779 if (phdr_in_segment
&& count
> 0)
4782 bfd_boolean separate_phdr
= FALSE
;
4784 phdr_lma
= (sections
[0]->lma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4786 && info
->separate_code
4787 && (sections
[0]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4789 /* If data sections should be separate from code and
4790 thus not executable, and the first section is
4791 executable then put the file and program headers in
4792 their own PT_LOAD. */
4793 separate_phdr
= TRUE
;
4794 if ((((phdr_lma
+ phdr_size
- 1) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)
4795 == (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)))
4797 /* The file and program headers are currently on the
4798 same page as the first section. Put them on the
4799 previous page if we can. */
4800 if (phdr_lma
>= maxpagesize
)
4801 phdr_lma
-= maxpagesize
;
4803 separate_phdr
= FALSE
;
4806 if ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_lma
4807 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
)
4808 /* If file and program headers would be placed at the end
4809 of memory then it's probably better to omit them. */
4810 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4811 else if (phdr_lma
< wrap_to
)
4812 /* If a section wraps around to where we'll be placing
4813 file and program headers, then the headers will be
4815 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4816 else if (separate_phdr
)
4818 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, 0, 0, phdr_in_segment
);
4821 m
->p_paddr
= phdr_lma
;
4823 = (sections
[0]->vma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4824 m
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
4827 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4831 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4834 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
4838 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4841 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
4843 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4844 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4845 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4847 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
4849 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4850 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4854 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
4855 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
4857 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4858 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4861 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4862 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4863 == (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
4865 /* If we are demand paged then we can't map two disk
4866 pages onto the same memory page. */
4867 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4869 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4870 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4871 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4872 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4873 section can be included in the current segment. */
4874 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4875 + maxpagesize
> last_hdr
->lma
)
4876 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4877 + maxpagesize
<= hdr
->lma
))
4879 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4880 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4883 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
4884 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
4886 /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a
4887 nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment
4888 as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded.
4889 Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose. */
4892 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4894 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4895 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4896 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4897 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4899 else if (info
!= NULL
4900 && info
->separate_code
4901 && executable
!= ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0))
4906 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4908 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4914 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4915 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4918 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4919 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4921 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
4923 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
4929 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4931 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4934 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4935 last_size
= !IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0;
4939 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4940 header holding all the sections from hdr_index until hdr. */
4942 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4949 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4954 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
4960 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4961 last_size
= !IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0;
4963 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4966 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4968 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4969 && (i
- hdr_index
!= 1
4970 || !IS_TBSS (last_hdr
)))
4972 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4980 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4983 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4990 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable SHT_NOTE sections,
4991 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4992 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4993 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4994 in the output file. */
4995 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4997 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4998 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
5001 unsigned int alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
5004 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
5006 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
5007 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5008 && elf_section_type (s2
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
5009 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
,
5016 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
5017 amt
+= count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5018 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5022 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
5026 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
5027 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
5030 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
5031 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
5035 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
5041 if (first_mbind
== NULL
5042 && (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
5046 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
5049 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
5050 amt
+= tls_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5051 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5056 m
->count
= tls_count
;
5057 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5059 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5061 for (i
= 0; i
< tls_count
; ++i
)
5063 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
5066 (_("%pB: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd
);
5069 while (i
< tls_count
)
5071 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
5073 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %pA"), s
);
5077 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %pA"), s
);
5080 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5092 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
5093 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0)
5094 for (s
= first_mbind
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5095 if ((elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0
5096 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
<= PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
)
5098 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5099 unsigned long p_flags
= PF_R
;
5100 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
5102 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
5105 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5106 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5110 m
->p_type
= (PT_GNU_MBIND_LO
5111 + elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
5113 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5115 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
5121 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
5122 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
5123 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
5125 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5126 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5130 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_PROPERTY
;
5132 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5139 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
5141 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
);
5142 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
5143 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
5145 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5146 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5150 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
5152 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
5158 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
5160 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5161 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5165 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
5166 m
->p_flags
= elf_stack_flags (abfd
);
5167 m
->p_align
= bed
->stack_align
;
5168 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5169 m
->p_align_valid
= m
->p_align
!= 0;
5170 if (info
->stacksize
> 0)
5172 m
->p_size
= info
->stacksize
;
5173 m
->p_size_valid
= 1;
5180 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
5182 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5184 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5186 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
5187 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
5190 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5191 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5192 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5195 if (i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5200 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
5203 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5204 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5208 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
5215 elf_seg_map (abfd
) = mfirst
;
5218 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
5221 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5223 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5228 if (sections
!= NULL
)
5233 /* Sort sections by address. */
5236 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5238 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
5239 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
5240 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
5242 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
5243 place the section into a segment. */
5244 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
5246 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
5249 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
5250 the same, and this will do nothing. */
5251 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
5253 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
5256 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
5258 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
5265 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
5270 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
5271 before others at the same address. */
5273 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
5274 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
5281 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
5284 /* This qsort comparison functions sorts PT_LOAD segments first and
5285 by p_paddr, for assign_file_positions_for_load_sections. */
5288 elf_sort_segments (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5290 const struct elf_segment_map
*m1
= *(const struct elf_segment_map
**) arg1
;
5291 const struct elf_segment_map
*m2
= *(const struct elf_segment_map
**) arg2
;
5293 if (m1
->p_type
!= m2
->p_type
)
5295 if (m1
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5297 if (m2
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5299 return m1
->p_type
< m2
->p_type
? -1 : 1;
5301 if (m1
->includes_filehdr
!= m2
->includes_filehdr
)
5302 return m1
->includes_filehdr
? -1 : 1;
5303 if (m1
->no_sort_lma
!= m2
->no_sort_lma
)
5304 return m1
->no_sort_lma
? -1 : 1;
5305 if (m1
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& !m1
->no_sort_lma
)
5309 if (m1
->p_paddr_valid
)
5311 else if (m1
->count
!= 0)
5312 lma1
= m1
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m1
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5314 if (m2
->p_paddr_valid
)
5316 else if (m2
->count
!= 0)
5317 lma2
= m2
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m2
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5319 return lma1
< lma2
? -1 : 1;
5321 if (m1
->idx
!= m2
->idx
)
5322 return m1
->idx
< m2
->idx
? -1 : 1;
5326 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
5328 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
5329 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
5330 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
5331 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
5332 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
5335 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
5336 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
5338 /* In other words, something like:
5340 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
5341 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
5342 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
5343 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
5345 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
5347 which can be collapsed into the expression below. */
5350 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
5352 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
5353 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
5355 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
5359 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
5362 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
5367 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
5368 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
5369 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
5370 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
5371 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
5372 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
5374 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
5375 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
5379 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
5380 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
5381 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
5387 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
5392 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
5394 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
5397 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
5402 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
5403 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
5407 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5408 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5410 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5411 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5412 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_load_seg
;
5413 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5414 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5416 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
5417 unsigned int alloc
, actual
;
5419 struct elf_segment_map
**sorted_seg_map
;
5421 if (link_info
== NULL
5422 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
5426 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5431 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5432 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5436 /* PR binutils/12467. */
5437 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
5438 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
5441 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
5443 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) == (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5446 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5450 actual
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5451 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
)
5452 == actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
5453 BFD_ASSERT (actual
>= alloc
);
5458 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5462 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
5463 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
5464 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
5465 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
5466 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
5468 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
5469 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
5470 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
5471 phdrs
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, (actual
* sizeof (*phdrs
)
5472 + alloc
* sizeof (*sorted_seg_map
)));
5473 sorted_seg_map
= (struct elf_segment_map
**) (phdrs
+ actual
);
5474 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
5478 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), j
= 0; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, j
++)
5480 sorted_seg_map
[j
] = m
;
5481 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
5482 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
5483 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
5484 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
5485 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
5487 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
5488 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
5490 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5491 m
->sections
[i
]->target_index
= i
;
5492 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
5497 qsort (sorted_seg_map
, alloc
, sizeof (*sorted_seg_map
),
5501 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5502 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
5504 /* Sections must map to file offsets past the ELF file header. */
5505 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5506 /* And if one of the PT_LOAD headers doesn't include the program
5507 headers then we'll be mapping program headers in the usual
5508 position after the ELF file header. */
5509 phdr_load_seg
= NULL
;
5510 for (j
= 0; j
< alloc
; j
++)
5512 m
= sorted_seg_map
[j
];
5513 if (m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5515 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5521 if (phdr_load_seg
== NULL
)
5522 off
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5524 for (j
= 0; j
< alloc
; j
++)
5528 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
5530 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
5531 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
5532 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
5533 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
5534 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
5535 m
= sorted_seg_map
[j
];
5537 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
5538 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
5541 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5543 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5545 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5546 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
5547 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5550 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5552 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5553 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5555 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
5556 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
5557 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
5558 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
5559 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
5560 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
5561 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
5563 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5564 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
5566 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
5568 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5569 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
5570 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5571 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
5573 if (m
== phdr_load_seg
)
5575 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5577 off
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5580 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5582 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5585 bfd_size_type align
;
5586 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
5588 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5592 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5594 unsigned int secalign
;
5596 secalign
= bfd_section_alignment (*secpp
);
5597 if (secalign
> align_power
)
5598 align_power
= secalign
;
5600 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
5601 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
5602 align
= maxpagesize
;
5605 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5606 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
5607 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
5608 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
5609 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
5610 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
5612 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
5615 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5616 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
5618 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5622 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
);
5624 /* Broken hardware and/or kernel require that files do not
5625 map the same page with different permissions on some hppa
5628 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
5629 && bed
->no_page_alias
5630 && (off
& (maxpagesize
- 1)) != 0
5631 && (off
& -maxpagesize
) == ((off
+ off_adjust
) & -maxpagesize
))
5632 off_adjust
+= maxpagesize
;
5636 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
5637 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
5638 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
5639 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
5640 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
5641 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
5642 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
5643 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
5648 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
5649 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5650 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
5652 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
5655 (_("%pB: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment"
5656 " is not the .dynamic section"),
5658 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5661 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
5662 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
5663 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5664 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
5666 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5668 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5670 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5671 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5672 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5676 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
5677 || (!m
->p_paddr_valid
5678 && p
->p_paddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
))
5681 (_("%pB: not enough room for program headers,"
5682 " try linking with -N"),
5684 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5688 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5692 else if (sorted_seg_map
[0]->includes_filehdr
)
5694 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*filehdr
= phdrs
+ sorted_seg_map
[0]->idx
;
5695 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr
->p_vaddr
;
5696 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5697 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr
->p_paddr
;
5701 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5703 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5705 p
->p_filesz
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5706 p
->p_memsz
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5707 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5709 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5711 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= p
->p_offset
;
5714 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5715 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5716 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5719 else if (phdr_load_seg
!= NULL
)
5721 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
= phdrs
+ phdr_load_seg
->idx
;
5722 bfd_vma phdr_off
= 0;
5723 if (phdr_load_seg
->includes_filehdr
)
5724 phdr_off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5725 p
->p_vaddr
= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr_off
;
5726 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5727 p
->p_paddr
= phdr
->p_paddr
+ phdr_off
;
5728 p
->p_offset
= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr_off
;
5731 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5735 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5736 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
5738 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
5743 /* Put meaningless p_offset for PT_LOAD segments
5744 without file contents somewhere within the first
5745 page, in an attempt to not point past EOF. */
5746 bfd_size_type align
= maxpagesize
;
5747 if (align
< p
->p_align
)
5751 p
->p_offset
= off
% align
;
5758 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
5760 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5761 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5765 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
5766 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
5767 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
5768 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
5769 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
5770 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5773 bfd_size_type align
;
5774 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5777 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
5778 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_section_alignment (sec
);
5780 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5781 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5782 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
5783 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
5784 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
5785 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
5787 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
;
5788 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
;
5789 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
;
5790 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
;
5794 || p_end
< p_start
))
5797 /* xgettext:c-format */
5798 (_("%pB: section %pA lma %#" PRIx64
" adjusted to %#" PRIx64
),
5799 abfd
, sec
, (uint64_t) s_start
, (uint64_t) p_end
);
5803 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5805 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5807 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5809 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
5811 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
5812 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
5814 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
5815 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
5820 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5824 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5826 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
5830 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5831 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5832 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5838 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
5847 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5849 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5850 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5851 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5853 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5854 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
5855 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
5857 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
5858 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
5859 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
5860 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
5861 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
5862 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
5864 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
5866 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
5869 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5871 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5872 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
5873 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
5874 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
5875 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5876 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5878 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5880 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5881 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5883 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
5885 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
5886 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5889 if (align
> p
->p_align
5890 && !m
->p_align_valid
5891 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5892 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
5896 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5899 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
5901 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
5908 /* PR ld/20815 - Check that the program header segment, if
5909 present, will be loaded into memory. */
5910 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
5911 && phdr_load_seg
== NULL
5912 && !(bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr
!= NULL
5913 && bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr (abfd
, phdrs
, alloc
)))
5915 /* The fix for this error is usually to edit the linker script being
5916 used and set up the program headers manually. Either that or
5917 leave room for the headers at the start of the SECTIONS. */
5918 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: error: PHDR segment not covered"
5919 " by LOAD segment"),
5921 if (link_info
== NULL
)
5923 /* Arrange for the linker to exit with an error, deleting
5924 the output file unless --noinhibit-exec is given. */
5925 link_info
->callbacks
->info ("%X");
5928 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
5929 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
5930 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5932 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
5934 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5935 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
5936 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
5937 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
5938 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
5939 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
5941 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
5946 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5948 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5951 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
5952 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
5953 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
5954 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
5957 /* xgettext:c-format */
5958 (_("%pB: section `%pA' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
5960 print_segment_map (m
);
5966 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5968 if (link_info
!= NULL
5969 && phdr_load_seg
!= NULL
5970 && phdr_load_seg
->includes_filehdr
)
5972 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
5973 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
5974 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
5976 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
5977 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
5978 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5979 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
5981 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
5982 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5983 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5984 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
5987 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
= phdrs
[phdr_load_seg
->idx
].p_vaddr
;
5989 if (phdr_load_seg
->count
!= 0)
5990 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
5991 s
= phdr_load_seg
->sections
[0];
5993 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
5994 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5995 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& m
->count
!= 0)
6003 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
6004 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
6008 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
6009 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6012 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
6013 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
6021 /* Determine if a bfd is a debuginfo file. Unfortunately there
6022 is no defined method for detecting such files, so we have to
6023 use heuristics instead. */
6026 is_debuginfo_file (bfd
*abfd
)
6028 if (abfd
== NULL
|| bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6031 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**start_headers
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6032 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**end_headers
= start_headers
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6033 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**headerp
;
6035 for (headerp
= start_headers
; headerp
< end_headers
; headerp
++)
6037 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*header
= * headerp
;
6039 /* Debuginfo files do not have any allocated SHT_PROGBITS sections.
6040 The only allocated sections are SHT_NOBITS or SHT_NOTES. */
6041 if ((header
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) == SHF_ALLOC
6042 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
6043 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOTE
)
6050 /* Assign file positions for the other sections, except for compressed debugging
6051 and other sections assigned in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load(). */
6054 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
6055 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6057 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6058 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
6059 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
, **end_hdrpp
;
6060 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
6061 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
6062 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
6065 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6066 end_hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6067 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6068 for (hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; hdrpp
< end_hdrpp
; hdrpp
++)
6070 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6073 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6074 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
6075 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
6076 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
6077 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
6078 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
6080 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0
6081 /* PR 24717 - debuginfo files are known to be not strictly
6082 compliant with the ELF standard. In particular they often
6083 have .note.gnu.property sections that are outside of any
6084 loadable segment. This is not a problem for such files,
6085 so do not warn about them. */
6086 && ! is_debuginfo_file (abfd
))
6088 /* xgettext:c-format */
6089 (_("%pB: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
6091 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
6093 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
6094 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
6095 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
6096 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
6099 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
6101 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
6104 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6105 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6106 /* We don't know the offset of these sections yet: their size has
6107 not been decided. */
6108 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6109 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
6110 || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr
->bfd_section
)
6111 && abfd
->is_linker_output
)))
6112 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]
6113 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6114 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6115 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)]
6116 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)])
6117 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6119 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
6121 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6123 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
6124 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
6125 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
6126 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
6128 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6133 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6135 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
6136 in link_info. Note that there may be padding between
6137 relro_start and the first RELRO section. */
6138 start
= link_info
->relro_start
;
6139 end
= link_info
->relro_end
;
6141 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6143 if (!m
->p_size_valid
)
6145 start
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
;
6146 end
= start
+ m
->p_size
;
6157 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
6158 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
6161 /* Find a LOAD segment containing a section in the RELRO
6163 for (lm
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), lp
= phdrs
;
6165 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
6167 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
6169 && (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->vma
6170 + (!IS_TBSS (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1])
6171 ? lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->size
6173 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
< end
)
6179 /* Find the section starting the RELRO segment. */
6180 for (i
= 0; i
< lm
->count
; i
++)
6182 asection
*s
= lm
->sections
[i
];
6191 p
->p_vaddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->vma
;
6192 p
->p_paddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->lma
;
6193 p
->p_offset
= lm
->sections
[i
]->filepos
;
6194 p
->p_memsz
= end
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6195 p
->p_filesz
= p
->p_memsz
;
6197 /* The RELRO segment typically ends a few bytes
6198 into .got.plt but other layouts are possible.
6199 In cases where the end does not match any
6200 loaded section (for instance is in file
6201 padding), trim p_filesz back to correspond to
6202 the end of loaded section contents. */
6203 if (p
->p_filesz
> lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
)
6204 p
->p_filesz
= lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6206 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are
6207 valid. The gold linker generates RW/4 for
6208 the PT_GNU_RELRO section. It is better for
6209 objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
6210 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate
6212 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
6214 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
6220 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6223 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
6225 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
6227 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
6228 p
->p_memsz
= m
->p_size
;
6230 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6234 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6235 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
6236 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
6238 /* A user specified segment layout may include a PHDR
6239 segment that overlaps with a LOAD segment... */
6240 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
6246 if (m
->includes_filehdr
|| m
->includes_phdrs
)
6248 /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
6250 (_("%pB: error: non-load segment %d includes file header "
6251 "and/or program header"),
6252 abfd
, (int) (p
- phdrs
));
6257 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
6258 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
6260 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
6261 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
6262 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
6264 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
6276 static elf_section_list
*
6277 find_section_in_list (unsigned int i
, elf_section_list
* list
)
6279 for (;list
!= NULL
; list
= list
->next
)
6285 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
6286 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
6287 VMAs must be known before this is called.
6289 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
6290 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and those that
6291 bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are stored in a normal
6292 bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't consider the former sort
6293 here, unless they form part of the loadable image. Reloc sections not
6294 assigned here (and compressed debugging sections and CTF sections which
6295 nothing else in the file can rely upon) will be handled later by
6296 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
6298 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
6301 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
6302 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6304 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6305 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6306 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6309 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
6310 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
6312 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6313 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6314 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
6318 /* Start after the ELF header. */
6319 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
6321 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
6322 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
6323 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
6324 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
6326 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6329 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6330 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6331 /* Do not assign offsets for these sections yet: we don't know
6333 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6334 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
6335 || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr
->bfd_section
)
6336 && abfd
->is_linker_output
)))
6337 || i
== elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
6338 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6339 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6340 || i
== elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)
6341 || i
== elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
))
6343 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6346 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
6349 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6350 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = 0;
6354 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
6355 assignment of sections to segments. */
6356 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6359 /* And for non-load sections. */
6360 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6364 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
6367 /* Write out the program headers. */
6368 alloc
= i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
;
6371 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6372 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
6380 _bfd_elf_init_file_header (bfd
*abfd
,
6381 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6383 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
6384 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
6385 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6387 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6389 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
6390 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
6393 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
6395 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
6396 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
6397 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
6398 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
6400 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
6401 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
6402 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
6403 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6405 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6406 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
6407 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
6408 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6409 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
6410 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
6412 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
6414 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
6416 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
6417 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
6420 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
6421 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
6422 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
6423 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
6424 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
6425 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
6426 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
6427 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
6429 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
6432 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6433 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
6435 /* No program header, for now. */
6436 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
6437 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
6438 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
6440 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
6441 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
6442 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
6444 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6445 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
6446 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6447 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
6448 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6449 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
6450 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6451 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6452 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
6458 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=.
6460 FIXME: We used to have code here to sort the PT_LOAD segments into
6461 ascending order, as per the ELF spec. But this breaks some programs,
6462 including the Linux kernel. But really either the spec should be
6463 changed or the programs updated. */
6466 _bfd_elf_modify_headers (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6468 if (link_info
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_pie (link_info
))
6470 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (obfd
);
6471 unsigned int num_segments
= i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
;
6472 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (obfd
);
6473 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
= tdata
->phdr
;
6474 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*end_segment
= &segment
[num_segments
];
6476 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
6477 bfd_vma p_vaddr
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
6478 for (; segment
< end_segment
; segment
++)
6479 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& p_vaddr
> segment
->p_vaddr
)
6480 p_vaddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6482 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
6483 segments is non-zero. */
6485 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6490 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
6491 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
6494 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd
*abfd
)
6497 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
, **end_shdrpp
;
6498 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
6499 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
6500 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6502 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6504 shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6505 end_shdrpp
= shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6506 for (shdrpp
++; shdrpp
< end_shdrpp
; shdrpp
++)
6509 if (shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
6511 asection
*sec
= shdrp
->bfd_section
;
6512 bfd_boolean is_rel
= (shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
6513 || shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
);
6514 bfd_boolean is_ctf
= sec
&& bfd_section_is_ctf (sec
);
6517 || (sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
)))
6519 if (!is_rel
&& !is_ctf
)
6521 const char *name
= sec
->name
;
6522 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
6524 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
6525 if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd
, sec
,
6529 if (sec
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
6530 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) == 0)
6532 /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert
6533 section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */
6535 = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
6536 if (new_name
== NULL
)
6540 /* Add section name to section name section. */
6541 if (shdrp
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
6544 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6546 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
6548 /* Add reloc section name to section name section. */
6550 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6555 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6560 /* Update section size and contents. */
6561 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6562 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6563 shdrp
->bfd_section
->contents
= NULL
;
6567 /* Update section size and contents. */
6568 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6569 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6572 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
,
6579 /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been
6581 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6582 shdrp
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
6583 shdrp
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6584 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
6586 /* Place the section headers. */
6587 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6588 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6589 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
6590 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
6591 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
6592 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6598 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6600 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6601 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
6603 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
6604 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
6606 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
6607 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
6609 /* Do not rewrite ELF data when the BFD has been opened for update.
6610 abfd->output_has_begun was set to TRUE on opening, so creation of new
6611 sections, and modification of existing section sizes was restricted.
6612 This means the ELF header, program headers and section headers can't have
6614 If the contents of any sections has been modified, then those changes have
6615 already been written to the BFD. */
6616 else if (abfd
->direction
== both_direction
)
6618 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
6622 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6625 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
6629 if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd
))
6632 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
6633 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6634 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
6636 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
6637 = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6638 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
);
6639 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
6640 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]))
6642 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
6644 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
6646 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6647 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
6652 /* Write out the section header names. */
6653 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6654 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
6655 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6656 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
6659 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
))
6662 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
6665 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
6666 if (t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
!= NULL
)
6667 return (*t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
6673 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6675 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
6676 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
6679 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
6682 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
6684 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6685 unsigned int sec_index
;
6687 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
6688 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
6689 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
6691 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
6692 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
6693 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
6694 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
6695 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
6696 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6698 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
6700 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6701 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
6703 int retval
= sec_index
;
6705 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
6709 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
6710 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6715 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
6719 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
6721 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
6723 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
6725 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
6726 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
6727 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
6728 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
6729 input sections rather than the output section. */
6730 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
6731 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6732 && asym_ptr
->section
)
6737 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
6738 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6739 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6740 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
6741 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
6742 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
6743 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
6746 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
6750 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
6751 which is used in a relocation entry. */
6753 /* xgettext:c-format */
6754 (_("%pB: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
6755 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
6756 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
6763 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8x\n",
6764 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, flags
);
6772 /* Rewrite program header information. */
6775 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6777 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6778 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6779 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6780 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6781 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6784 unsigned int num_segments
;
6785 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6786 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6787 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
6788 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
6789 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
6790 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6792 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6793 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6796 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6798 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6799 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
6801 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
6802 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
6803 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
6804 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
6806 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
6807 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6808 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
6809 ? section->size : 0)
6811 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6812 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
6813 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
6814 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
6815 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6816 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
6818 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6819 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
6820 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
6821 (section->lma >= base \
6822 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) >= section->lma) \
6823 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6824 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
6826 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
6827 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
6828 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
6829 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
6830 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6831 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6832 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6834 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
6836 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
6838 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
6842 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
6843 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
6844 p_memsz set to 0. */
6845 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
6847 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
6848 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
6849 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
6850 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
6852 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6853 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6854 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6856 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
6857 A section will be included if:
6858 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
6859 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
6860 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
6862 3. There is an output section associated with it,
6863 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
6864 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
6865 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
6866 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
6867 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
6868 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
6869 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6870 ((((segment->p_paddr \
6871 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
6872 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
6873 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
6874 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
6875 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
6876 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
6877 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6878 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
6879 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
6880 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
6881 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
6882 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
6883 || (segment->p_paddr \
6884 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
6885 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
6886 || (strcmp (bfd_section_name (section), ".dynamic") == 0)) \
6887 && (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD || !section->segment_mark))
6889 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
6890 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6891 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6892 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
6893 && section->output_section != NULL)
6895 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
6896 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
6897 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
6899 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
6900 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
6901 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
6902 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
6903 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
6905 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
6906 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
6907 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
6908 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
6909 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
6911 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
6912 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6913 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6915 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
6916 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
6917 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
6918 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
6919 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6920 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6923 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6925 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6929 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
6930 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
6931 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
6932 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
6933 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6938 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
6940 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
6941 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
6942 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
6944 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
6945 assignment code will work. */
6946 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
6950 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6952 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6953 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6954 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6958 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
6959 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
6961 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
6963 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6964 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
6967 /* Merge the two segments together. */
6968 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
6970 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
6972 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
6973 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
6975 if (extra_length
> 0)
6977 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
6978 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
6981 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6983 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
6985 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6990 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
6992 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
6993 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
6995 if (extra_length
> 0)
6997 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
6998 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
7001 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
7006 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
7007 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7011 unsigned int section_count
;
7012 asection
**sections
;
7013 asection
*output_section
;
7015 asection
*matching_lma
;
7016 asection
*suggested_lma
;
7019 asection
*first_section
;
7021 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
7024 first_section
= NULL
;
7025 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
7026 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7028 section
= section
->next
)
7030 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
7031 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
7032 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
7034 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7035 first_section
= section
;
7036 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7041 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7042 all of the sections we have selected. */
7043 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7044 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7045 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7049 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
7050 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
7052 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7053 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7054 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7056 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
7057 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
7059 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7061 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7062 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7065 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7066 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7067 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7068 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7069 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7071 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7073 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7074 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7075 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7076 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7077 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7079 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7080 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
7083 if (section_count
== 0)
7085 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
7086 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
7087 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
7088 a warning is produced.
7089 There is however the valid use case of embedded systems which
7090 have segments with p_filesz of 0 and a p_memsz > 0 to initialize
7091 flash memory with zeros. No warning is shown for that case. */
7092 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7093 && (segment
->p_filesz
> 0 || segment
->p_memsz
== 0))
7094 /* xgettext:c-format */
7096 (_("%pB: warning: empty loadable segment detected"
7097 " at vaddr=%#" PRIx64
", is this intentional?"),
7098 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_vaddr
);
7100 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
7102 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7103 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7108 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
7109 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
7110 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
7111 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
7113 1. None of the sections have been moved.
7114 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
7117 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
7118 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7119 of the first section.
7121 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
7122 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
7123 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
7124 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
7125 have to be created to contain the other sections.
7127 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
7128 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7129 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
7130 or segments to contain the other sections.
7132 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
7133 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
7134 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
7136 amt
= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7137 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7138 if (sections
== NULL
)
7141 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
7142 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
7143 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
7144 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
7145 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
7148 matching_lma
= NULL
;
7149 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7151 for (section
= first_section
, j
= 0;
7153 section
= section
->next
)
7155 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
7157 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7159 sections
[j
++] = section
;
7161 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
7162 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
7163 correct value. Note - some backends require that
7164 p_paddr be left as zero. */
7166 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
7167 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7169 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
7170 && (align_power (segment
->p_vaddr
7171 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7172 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7173 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7174 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7176 output_section
->alignment_power
)
7177 == output_section
->vma
))
7178 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
7180 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
7181 LMA address of the output section. */
7182 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
7183 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
7184 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7185 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
)))
7187 if (matching_lma
== NULL
7188 || output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
->lma
)
7189 matching_lma
= output_section
;
7191 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
7192 then it does not overlap any other section within that
7194 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
7196 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7197 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7199 if (j
== section_count
)
7204 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
7206 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
7208 if (isec
== section_count
)
7210 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
7211 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
7212 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
7213 program header in the input BFD. */
7214 map
->count
= section_count
;
7215 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7216 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7219 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7221 bfd_vma hdr_size
= 0;
7222 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7223 hdr_size
= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7224 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7225 hdr_size
+= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7227 /* Account for padding before the first section in the
7229 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= map
->p_paddr
+ hdr_size
- matching_lma
->lma
;
7237 /* Change the current segment's physical address to match
7238 the LMA of the first section that fitted, or if no
7239 section fitted, the first section. */
7240 if (matching_lma
== NULL
)
7241 matching_lma
= suggested_lma
;
7243 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
->lma
;
7245 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
7246 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
7247 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7249 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7251 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
7252 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
7253 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
7254 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
7255 offset when we know the correct value. */
7256 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
7257 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
7260 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7262 bfd_vma align
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << matching_lma
->alignment_power
;
7263 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7264 /* We've subtracted off the size of headers from the
7265 first section lma, but there may have been some
7266 alignment padding before that section too. Try to
7267 account for that by adjusting the segment lma down to
7268 the same alignment. */
7269 if (segment
->p_align
!= 0 && segment
->p_align
< align
)
7270 align
= segment
->p_align
;
7271 map
->p_paddr
&= -align
;
7275 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
7276 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
7277 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
7278 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
7279 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
7280 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
7286 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7288 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
7289 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
7291 section
= sections
[j
];
7293 if (section
== NULL
)
7296 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7298 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
7300 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
7301 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
7303 if (map
->count
== 0)
7305 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
7306 the beginning of the segment, then something is
7308 if (align_power (map
->p_paddr
7309 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7310 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7311 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7312 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7314 output_section
->alignment_power
)
7315 != output_section
->lma
)
7322 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
7324 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
7325 and the start of this section is more than
7326 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
7327 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
7329 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
7330 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
7331 > output_section
->lma
))
7333 if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7334 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7340 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
7343 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
7344 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7346 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7347 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7350 /* PR 23932. A corrupt input file may contain sections that cannot
7351 be assigned to any segment - because for example they have a
7352 negative size - or segments that do not contain any sections.
7353 But there are also valid reasons why a segment can be empty.
7354 So allow a count of zero. */
7356 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
7357 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7358 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7360 if (isec
< section_count
)
7362 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
7363 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
7364 and carry on looping. */
7365 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7366 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7367 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7374 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
7375 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
7376 not yet been assigned. */
7378 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7379 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7380 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7381 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
->lma
;
7382 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7383 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
7384 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7389 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
7393 while (isec
< section_count
);
7398 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7400 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
7401 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
7402 the offset if necessary. */
7403 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
7407 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7410 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
7411 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
7412 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7414 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7415 if (map
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
7418 = phdr_adjust_seg
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0;
7419 map
->p_paddr
= phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
+ adjust
;
7426 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
7427 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
7429 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
7430 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
7431 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
7432 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
7433 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
7434 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
7438 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
7441 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7443 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
7444 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
7445 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
7446 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
7447 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7449 unsigned int num_segments
;
7450 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
7451 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
7453 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
7456 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
7458 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
7459 map->p_paddr_valid. */
7460 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7461 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7462 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7465 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
7467 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
7471 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7476 unsigned int section_count
;
7478 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7479 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
7480 asection
*lowest_section
;
7482 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
7483 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7485 section
= section
->next
)
7487 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7488 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7490 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7491 first_section
= section
;
7496 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7497 all of the sections we have selected. */
7498 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7499 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7500 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7504 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
7507 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7508 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7509 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7510 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7511 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7512 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
7513 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
7514 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
7516 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
7517 || map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
7519 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
7520 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
7521 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
7522 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
7523 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
7525 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
7526 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
7529 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7530 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7531 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7532 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7534 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7535 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7537 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7538 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7539 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7540 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7541 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7543 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7544 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
7547 lowest_section
= NULL
;
7548 if (section_count
!= 0)
7550 unsigned int isec
= 0;
7552 for (section
= first_section
;
7554 section
= section
->next
)
7556 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7557 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7559 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
7560 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7564 if (lowest_section
== NULL
7565 || section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
7566 lowest_section
= section
;
7568 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
7569 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
7570 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
7571 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
7573 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7574 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
7576 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
7577 if (section
->lma
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
7578 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7580 if (isec
== section_count
)
7586 if (section_count
== 0)
7587 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
7588 else if (map
->p_paddr_valid
)
7590 /* Account for padding before the first section in the segment. */
7591 bfd_vma hdr_size
= 0;
7592 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7593 hdr_size
= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7594 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7595 hdr_size
+= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7597 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= (map
->p_paddr
+ hdr_size
7598 - (lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0));
7601 map
->count
= section_count
;
7602 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7603 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7606 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7610 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
7614 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7616 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7617 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7620 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
7623 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7625 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
7626 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
7627 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7628 asection
*section
, *osec
;
7629 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
7630 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7631 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7633 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
7635 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
7636 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7639 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
7640 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7641 section
= section
->next
)
7642 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7644 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7645 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7649 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
7650 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
7651 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
7652 map in this case. */
7653 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
7654 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
7655 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
7658 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
7659 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
7661 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
7662 from the input BFD. */
7663 osec
= section
->output_section
;
7665 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7667 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
7668 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7669 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7671 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
7672 removed. What else do we need to check? */
7674 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
7675 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
7676 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
7677 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
7678 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
7679 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
7685 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
7687 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7688 section
= section
->next
)
7690 if (!section
->segment_mark
)
7693 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7696 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7700 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7702 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
7703 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
7704 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7706 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7707 bfd_vma maxpagesize
= 0;
7709 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7712 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7713 && maxpagesize
< segment
->p_align
)
7715 /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
7716 if (segment
->p_align
> (bfd_vma
) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 2))
7717 /* xgettext:c-format */
7718 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: warning: segment alignment of %#"
7719 PRIx64
" is too large"),
7720 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_align
);
7722 maxpagesize
= segment
->p_align
;
7725 if (maxpagesize
!= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
)
7726 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd
), maxpagesize
);
7729 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7732 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
7735 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7739 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
7742 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7743 bfd_boolean final_link
= (link_info
!= NULL
7744 && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
));
7746 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7747 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7750 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
7752 /* If this is a known ABI section, ELF section type and flags may
7753 have been set up when OSEC was created. For normal sections we
7754 allow the user to override the type and flags other than
7755 SHF_MASKOS and SHF_MASKPROC. */
7756 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_PROGBITS
7757 || elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NOTE
7758 || elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NOBITS
)
7759 elf_section_type (osec
) = SHT_NULL
;
7760 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, copy the ELF section type from
7761 the input file if the BFD section flags are the same. (If they
7762 are different the user may be doing something like
7763 "objcopy --set-section-flags .text=alloc,data".) For a final
7764 link allow some flags that the linker clears to differ. */
7765 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
7766 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
7768 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
7769 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
7770 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
7772 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
7773 elf_section_flags (osec
) = (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7774 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
7776 /* Copy sh_info from input for mbind section. */
7777 if ((elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0
7778 && elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
7779 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
7780 = elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
7782 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
7783 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
7784 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
7785 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
7786 if ((link_info
== NULL
7787 || !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
7788 && (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
7789 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0))
7791 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
7792 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
7793 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7794 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
7797 /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */
7798 if (!final_link
&& (ibfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
) == 0)
7799 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7802 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7804 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
7805 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
7806 may be NULL at this point. */
7807 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
7809 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7810 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
7811 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
7814 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
7819 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
7820 field, and sometimes the info field. */
7823 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7828 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7830 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7831 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7834 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7835 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7837 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
7839 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
7840 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
7841 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
7842 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
7843 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
7845 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
7849 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
7850 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
7851 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
7852 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
7853 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
7857 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
7861 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
7862 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
7864 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7865 asection
*s
= first
;
7866 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
7870 /* If this member section is being output but the
7871 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
7872 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
7873 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
7874 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
7876 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
7877 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
7879 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
7880 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
7881 else if (s
->output_section
== discarded
7882 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
7884 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
7886 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
7887 && (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7889 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
7890 && (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7893 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
7899 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
7901 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
7902 adjust the input section size. */
7903 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
7904 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
7905 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
7906 if (isec
->size
<= 4)
7909 isec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7914 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
7916 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
7917 if (isec
->output_section
->size
<= 4)
7919 isec
->output_section
->size
= 0;
7920 isec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7929 /* Copy private header information. */
7932 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7934 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7935 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7938 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
7939 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
7940 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
7941 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
7942 already been worked out. */
7943 if (elf_seg_map (obfd
) == NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
7945 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
7949 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
7952 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
7953 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
7954 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
7955 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
7956 swap_out_syms function. */
7958 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
7959 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
7960 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
7961 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
7962 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
7965 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7970 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
7972 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7973 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7976 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
7977 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
7980 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
7982 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
7986 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
7987 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
7988 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
7989 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
7990 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
7991 else if (shndx
== elf_strtab_sec (ibfd
))
7993 else if (shndx
== elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd
))
7994 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
7995 else if (find_section_in_list (shndx
, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)))
7996 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
7997 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8003 /* Swap out the symbols. */
8006 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
8007 struct elf_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
8010 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8011 unsigned int symcount
;
8013 struct elf_strtab_hash
*stt
;
8014 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8015 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
8016 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
8017 struct elf_sym_strtab
*symstrtab
;
8018 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
8019 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
8020 unsigned long outbound_syms_index
;
8021 unsigned long outbound_shndx_index
;
8023 unsigned int num_locals
;
8025 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
8027 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
, &num_locals
))
8030 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
8031 stt
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
8035 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8036 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
8037 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8038 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
8039 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8040 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
8041 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= num_locals
+ 1;
8042 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
8044 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
8045 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8047 /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */
8048 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1, sizeof (*symstrtab
), &amt
)
8049 || (symstrtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc (amt
)) == NULL
)
8051 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8052 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
8056 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1, bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
, &amt
)
8057 || (outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
)) == NULL
)
8060 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8063 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
8066 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
8067 outbound_syms_index
= 0;
8069 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
8070 outbound_shndx_index
= 0;
8072 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8074 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
8075 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
8077 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1,
8078 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
), &amt
))
8080 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8081 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
8084 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
8085 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
8086 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
8087 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8088 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8090 /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */
8093 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
8095 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
8096 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8102 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8103 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8104 symstrtab
[0].sym
= sym
;
8105 symstrtab
[0].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8106 symstrtab
[0].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
8107 outbound_syms_index
++;
8108 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
8109 outbound_shndx_index
++;
8113 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
8114 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
8116 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
8117 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
;)
8119 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8120 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
8121 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
8122 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
8125 if (!name_local_sections
8126 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8128 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
8129 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
8133 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
8134 to get the final offset for st_name. */
8136 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt
, syms
[idx
]->name
,
8138 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8142 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
8144 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
8145 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8147 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
8148 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
8149 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
8150 sym
.st_size
= value
;
8151 if (type_ptr
== NULL
8152 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
8153 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
8155 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
8156 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
8157 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
8161 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
8164 if (sec
->output_section
)
8166 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
8167 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
8170 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
8171 if (! relocatable_p
)
8173 sym
.st_value
= value
;
8174 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
8176 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
8178 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
8180 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
8181 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
8182 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
8183 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
8187 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
8190 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
8193 shndx
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
8196 shndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
8199 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8200 shndx
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
;
8207 if (shndx
>= SHN_LOPROC
&& shndx
<= SHN_HIOS
)
8209 if (bed
->symbol_section_index
)
8210 shndx
= bed
->symbol_section_index (abfd
, type_ptr
);
8211 /* Otherwise just leave the index alone. */
8215 if (shndx
> SHN_HIOS
&& shndx
< SHN_HIRESERVE
)
8216 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: \
8217 Unable to handle section index %x in ELF symbol. Using ABS instead."),
8226 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
8228 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8232 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
8233 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
8234 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
8235 demand of applications. For example, it
8236 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
8237 section of a symbol to be a section that is
8238 actually in the output file. */
8239 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
8241 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
8242 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8244 /* xgettext:c-format */
8246 (_("unable to find equivalent output section"
8247 " for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
8248 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
8250 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8256 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8259 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8261 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8262 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
8263 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8265 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
8267 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
8269 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
8274 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
8277 /* Processor-specific types. */
8278 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
8279 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8280 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8281 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
8283 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8285 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8286 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8288 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8290 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8292 if (type
!= STT_TLS
)
8294 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_CONVERT_ELF_COMMON
))
8295 type
= ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_USE_ELF_STT_COMMON
)
8296 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8298 type
= ((flags
& BSF_ELF_COMMON
) != 0
8299 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8301 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
8303 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8304 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8308 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
8309 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
8312 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
8314 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
8316 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
8317 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
8318 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8320 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8323 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
8326 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
8328 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
8329 sym
.st_target_internal
8330 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
8335 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8339 symstrtab
[idx
].sym
= sym
;
8340 symstrtab
[idx
].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8341 symstrtab
[idx
].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
8343 outbound_syms_index
++;
8344 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
8345 outbound_shndx_index
++;
8348 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
8349 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt
);
8351 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
8352 for (idx
= 0; idx
<= symcount
; idx
++)
8354 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &symstrtab
[idx
];
8355 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8356 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
8358 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt
,
8359 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
8360 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
8362 + (elfsym
->dest_index
8363 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
8365 + (elfsym
->destshndx_index
8366 * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
))));
8371 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt
);
8372 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8373 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
8374 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
8375 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
8376 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
8377 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
8378 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
8383 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
8385 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
8386 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
8387 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
8390 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8392 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8394 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8396 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8397 if (symcount
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8399 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8402 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8404 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8410 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8412 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8414 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
8416 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8418 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8422 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8423 if (symcount
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8425 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8428 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8430 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8436 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8439 #if SIZEOF_LONG == SIZEOF_INT
8440 if (asect
->reloc_count
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8442 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8446 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
8449 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
8452 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8459 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8461 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
8464 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
8465 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
8466 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
8470 return section
->reloc_count
;
8474 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
8476 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8477 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
8480 abfd
->symcount
= symcount
;
8485 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8486 asymbol
**allocation
)
8488 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8489 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
8492 abfd
->dynsymcount
= symcount
;
8496 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
8497 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
8498 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
8499 dynamic reloc section. */
8502 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8504 bfd_size_type count
;
8507 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8509 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8514 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8515 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8516 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8517 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8519 count
+= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8520 if (count
> LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8522 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8526 return count
* sizeof (arelent
*);
8529 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
8530 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
8531 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
8532 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
8533 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
8534 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
8535 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
8538 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8542 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
8546 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8548 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8552 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8554 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8556 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8557 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8558 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8563 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
8565 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8567 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
8578 /* Read in the version information. */
8581 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
8583 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8584 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
8587 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
8589 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8590 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
8591 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
8593 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
8595 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
8597 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0
8598 || hdr
->sh_info
> hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
8600 error_return_bad_verref
:
8602 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd
);
8603 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8604 error_return_verref
:
8605 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
8606 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
8610 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8611 goto error_return_verref
;
8612 contents
= _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
, hdr
->sh_size
);
8613 if (contents
== NULL
)
8614 goto error_return_verref
;
8616 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
), &amt
))
8618 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8619 goto error_return_verref
;
8621 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8622 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
8623 goto error_return_verref
;
8625 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
8626 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
8627 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
8628 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
8629 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
8630 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
8632 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
8633 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
8636 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
8638 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
8640 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
8641 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8643 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
8644 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8646 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
8647 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
8650 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
8651 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
), &amt
))
8653 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8654 goto error_return_verref
;
8656 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
8657 bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8658 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
8659 goto error_return_verref
;
8662 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
8663 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8664 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8666 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8667 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
8668 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
8669 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
8671 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
8673 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
8674 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8675 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
8676 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
8677 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8679 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
8680 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
8682 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
8683 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
== 0)
8685 iverneed
->vn_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8688 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
8689 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
8691 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
8692 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
8693 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8695 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8696 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
8699 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
8700 if (iverneed
->vn_next
== 0)
8702 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
8703 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
8705 if (iverneed
->vn_next
8706 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8707 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8709 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
8710 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
8712 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= i
;
8718 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
8720 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8721 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
8722 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8723 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
8724 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
8726 unsigned int maxidx
;
8727 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
8729 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
8731 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
8733 error_return_bad_verdef
:
8735 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd
);
8736 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8737 error_return_verdef
:
8738 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
8739 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
8743 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8744 goto error_return_verdef
;
8745 contents
= _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
, hdr
->sh_size
);
8746 if (contents
== NULL
)
8747 goto error_return_verdef
;
8749 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
8750 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
8751 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8752 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
8753 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8754 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
8756 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
8757 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
8759 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8761 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
8763 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8765 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) == 0)
8766 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8767 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
8768 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
8770 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
== 0)
8773 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
8774 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8775 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8777 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8778 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
8781 if (default_imported_symver
)
8783 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
8788 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
), &amt
))
8790 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8791 goto error_return_verdef
;
8793 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8794 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8795 goto error_return_verdef
;
8797 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
8799 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8800 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
8801 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
8803 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
8804 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8807 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8809 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
8810 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8812 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
8813 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
, vd_bfd
));
8815 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8817 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
8818 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
8821 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
8822 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
), &amt
))
8824 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8825 goto error_return_verdef
;
8827 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8828 bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8829 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8830 goto error_return_verdef
;
8834 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8835 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8837 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8838 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
8839 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8840 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
8842 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
8844 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
8845 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8846 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
8847 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
8848 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8850 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
8851 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
== 0)
8853 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8856 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8857 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
8859 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
8860 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
8861 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8863 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8864 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
8867 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= NULL
;
8868 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8869 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
8871 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8872 if (iverdef
->vd_next
== 0)
8874 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
8875 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
8877 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8878 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
8884 else if (default_imported_symver
)
8891 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
), &amt
))
8893 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8896 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8897 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8900 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
8903 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
8904 if (default_imported_symver
)
8906 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8907 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8909 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];
8911 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
8912 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
8913 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
8914 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
8916 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8918 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
8919 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
8920 goto error_return_verdef
;
8921 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8922 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= ((struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8923 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
)));
8924 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8925 goto error_return_verdef
;
8927 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8928 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
8934 if (contents
!= NULL
)
8940 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
8942 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
8944 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*newsym
));
8947 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
8948 return &newsym
->symbol
;
8952 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8956 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
8959 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
8960 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
8964 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8967 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
8968 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
8971 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
8972 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
8973 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
8976 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
8977 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
8978 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
8979 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
8980 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
8981 we treat such symbols as local. */
8982 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
8985 /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and
8986 forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals.
8987 These labels have the form:
8989 L0^A.* (fake symbols)
8991 [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels)
8993 Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above,
8994 so we only need to match the rest. */
8995 if (name
[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name
[1]))
8997 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
9001 for (p
= name
+ 2; (c
= *p
); p
++)
9003 if (c
== 1 || c
== 2)
9005 if (c
== 1 && p
== name
+ 2)
9006 /* A fake symbol. */
9009 /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like
9010 L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the
9011 assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol
9012 containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything
9013 other than some kind of local ? */
9030 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9031 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9038 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
9039 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
9040 unsigned long machine
)
9042 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
9043 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
9044 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
9045 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
9046 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
9049 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
9052 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
9053 for error reporting. */
9056 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
9060 const char **filename_ptr
,
9061 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9062 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
9063 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
9067 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
9068 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9069 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
9070 dwarf_debug_sections
,
9071 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
9074 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9075 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
))
9077 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
9078 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9079 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
9084 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9085 &found
, filename_ptr
,
9086 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9087 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
9089 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
9092 if (symbols
== NULL
)
9095 if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9096 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
9103 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
9106 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
9107 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9109 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
, NULL
, 0,
9110 filename_ptr
, NULL
, line_ptr
, NULL
,
9111 dwarf_debug_sections
,
9112 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9115 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
9116 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
9117 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
9118 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
9119 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
9122 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
9123 const char **filename_ptr
,
9124 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9125 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9128 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
9129 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9130 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9135 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9137 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9138 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
9140 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9142 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
9144 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
9146 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
9149 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
9150 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
9153 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
9156 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = phdr_size
;
9164 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
9166 const void *location
,
9168 bfd_size_type count
)
9170 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9173 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
9174 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
9180 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
9181 if (hdr
->sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
9183 unsigned char *contents
;
9185 if (bfd_section_is_ctf (section
))
9186 /* Nothing to do with this section: the contents are generated
9190 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0)
9193 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write into an unallocated compressed section"),
9195 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9199 if ((offset
+ count
) > hdr
->sh_size
)
9202 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write over the end of the section"),
9205 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9209 contents
= hdr
->contents
;
9210 if (contents
== NULL
)
9213 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write section into an empty buffer"),
9216 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9220 memcpy (contents
+ offset
, location
, count
);
9224 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
9225 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9226 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
9233 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9234 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9235 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9241 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
9244 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
9246 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
9248 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
9250 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
9251 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
9253 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
9254 equivalent ELF reloc. */
9256 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
9258 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9261 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
9264 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
9267 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
9270 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
9273 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
9276 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
9282 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9284 if (howto
&& areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9286 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9287 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
9289 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
9294 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9300 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
9303 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
9306 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
9309 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
9312 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
9318 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9322 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
9330 /* xgettext:c-format */
9331 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
9332 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
9333 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
9338 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
9340 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
9341 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
&& tdata
!= NULL
)
9343 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
!= NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
9344 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
9345 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9348 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
9351 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
9352 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
9353 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
9356 bfd_reloc_status_type
9357 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
9358 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9359 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9360 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9361 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9363 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
9366 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
9367 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
9368 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
9369 out details about the corefile. */
9371 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
9372 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
9373 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
9374 # include <sys/procfs.h>
9377 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
9378 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
9381 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
9385 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
;
9387 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
;
9392 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
9393 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
9394 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
9398 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
9402 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
9405 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
9409 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
9410 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
9411 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
9415 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
9416 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
9417 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
9418 such a section already exists.
9419 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
9420 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
9421 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
9423 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9429 char *threaded_name
;
9433 /* Build the section name. */
9435 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9436 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9437 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9438 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
9440 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
9442 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
9447 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
9448 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9450 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
9454 elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
9457 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9463 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
- offs
;
9464 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offs
;
9465 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9470 /* prstatus_t exists on:
9472 linux 2.[01] + glibc
9476 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9479 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9484 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
9488 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9489 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9490 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9492 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9493 has already been set by another thread. */
9494 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9495 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9496 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9497 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9499 /* pr_who exists on:
9502 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9505 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
9506 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9508 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9511 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9512 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
9514 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9515 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9517 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9518 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
9519 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9521 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9522 has already been set by another thread. */
9523 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9524 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9525 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9526 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9528 /* pr_who exists on:
9531 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9534 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
9535 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9537 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9540 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
9543 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9544 note size (ie. data object type). */
9548 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
9549 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
9550 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
9552 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
9554 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
9556 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9558 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9560 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
9561 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
9564 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
9565 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
9566 data structure apart. */
9569 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9571 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9574 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
9575 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
9579 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9581 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
9584 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
9585 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
9586 contents literally. */
9589 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9591 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
9595 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9597 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
9601 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9603 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
9607 elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9609 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tar", note
);
9613 elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9615 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ppr", note
);
9619 elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9621 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-dscr", note
);
9625 elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9627 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ebb", note
);
9631 elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9633 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-pmu", note
);
9637 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9639 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr", note
);
9643 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9645 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr", note
);
9649 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9651 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx", note
);
9655 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9657 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx", note
);
9661 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9663 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr", note
);
9667 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9669 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar", note
);
9673 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9675 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr", note
);
9679 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9681 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr", note
);
9685 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9687 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
9691 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9693 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
9697 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9699 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
9703 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9705 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
9709 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9711 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
9715 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9717 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
9721 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9723 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
9727 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9729 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
9733 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9735 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-tdb", note
);
9739 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9741 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note
);
9745 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9747 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note
);
9751 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9753 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb", note
);
9757 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9759 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc", note
);
9763 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9765 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
9769 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9771 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-tls", note
);
9775 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9777 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note
);
9781 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9783 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note
);
9787 elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9789 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-sve", note
);
9793 elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9795 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-pauth", note
);
9798 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
9799 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9800 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9801 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9805 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9806 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9807 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9808 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9812 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
9813 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
9814 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
9817 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
9820 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
9828 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
9832 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
9838 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9840 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9842 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
9844 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
9846 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9848 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
9849 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9851 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9852 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9853 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9855 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9856 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9857 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9859 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9860 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
9862 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9863 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
9865 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9867 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
9868 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9870 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9871 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9872 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9874 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9875 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9876 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9882 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9883 note size (ie. data object type). */
9887 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
9888 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
9889 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
9892 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
9893 int n
= strlen (command
);
9895 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
9896 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
9901 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
9903 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9905 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9907 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
9908 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
9909 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
9915 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9917 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9919 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9920 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
9922 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9925 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9927 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9930 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
9931 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
9932 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
9936 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
9938 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9940 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9942 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
9948 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
9949 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
9950 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
9955 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9957 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
9958 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
9960 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9961 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
9963 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
9965 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9966 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9967 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9970 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9972 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9976 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9977 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
9978 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
9979 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
9982 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9983 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
9984 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9987 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9989 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
9992 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
9994 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9995 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9996 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9999 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10001 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10005 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10006 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
10007 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
10008 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
10011 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
10012 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
10013 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
10016 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10018 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
10020 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
10023 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10030 int is_active_thread
;
10033 if (note
->descsz
< 728)
10036 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
10039 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
10043 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
10044 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
10045 /* process_info.pid */
10046 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10047 /* process_info.signal */
10048 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
10051 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
10052 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
10053 /* thread_info.tid */
10054 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8));
10056 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10057 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10061 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10063 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10067 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
10069 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
10070 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
10071 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10073 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
10074 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10076 if (is_active_thread
)
10077 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
10081 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
10082 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
10083 /* module_info.base_address */
10084 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
10085 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
10087 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10088 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10092 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10094 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10099 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10100 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10101 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10112 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10114 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10116 switch (note
->type
)
10122 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
10123 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10125 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
10126 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10131 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10133 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
10136 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10138 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
10141 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
10142 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10144 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
10145 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
10147 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
10148 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10149 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10150 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10154 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
10155 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10156 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10157 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10162 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10163 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10164 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
10169 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10170 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10171 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
10176 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10177 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10178 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (abfd
, note
);
10183 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10184 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10185 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (abfd
, note
);
10190 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10191 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10192 return elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (abfd
, note
);
10197 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10198 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10199 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (abfd
, note
);
10204 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10205 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10206 return elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (abfd
, note
);
10210 case NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
:
10211 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10212 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10213 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, note
);
10217 case NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
:
10218 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10219 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10220 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, note
);
10224 case NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
:
10225 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10226 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10227 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, note
);
10231 case NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
:
10232 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10233 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10234 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, note
);
10238 case NT_PPC_TM_SPR
:
10239 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10240 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10241 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, note
);
10245 case NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
:
10246 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10247 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10248 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, note
);
10252 case NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
:
10253 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10254 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10255 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, note
);
10259 case NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
:
10260 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10261 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10262 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, note
);
10266 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
10267 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10268 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10269 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
10273 case NT_S390_TIMER
:
10274 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10275 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10276 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
10280 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
10281 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10282 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10283 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
10287 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
10288 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10289 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10290 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
10295 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10296 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10297 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
10301 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
10302 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10303 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10304 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
10308 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
10309 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10310 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10311 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
10315 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
10316 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10317 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10318 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
10323 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10324 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10325 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd
, note
);
10329 case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
:
10330 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10331 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10332 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, note
);
10336 case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
:
10337 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10338 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10339 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, note
);
10343 case NT_S390_GS_CB
:
10344 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10345 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10346 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, note
);
10350 case NT_S390_GS_BC
:
10351 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10352 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10353 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, note
);
10358 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10359 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10360 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10365 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10366 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10367 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd
, note
);
10371 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
:
10372 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10373 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10374 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, note
);
10378 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
:
10379 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10380 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10381 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, note
);
10386 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10387 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10388 return elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (abfd
, note
);
10392 case NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
:
10393 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10394 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10395 return elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (abfd
, note
);
10401 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
10402 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
10404 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10405 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10411 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
10414 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.file",
10418 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
10425 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10427 struct bfd_build_id
* build_id
;
10429 if (note
->descsz
== 0)
10432 build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id
) - 1 + note
->descsz
);
10433 if (build_id
== NULL
)
10436 build_id
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10437 memcpy (build_id
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10438 abfd
->build_id
= build_id
;
10444 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10446 switch (note
->type
)
10451 case NT_GNU_PROPERTY_TYPE_0
:
10452 return _bfd_elf_parse_gnu_properties (abfd
, note
);
10454 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
10455 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
10460 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10462 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
10463 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
10464 sizeof (struct sdt_note
) + note
->descsz
);
10466 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
10467 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
10468 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10470 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
10476 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10478 switch (note
->type
)
10481 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
10489 elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10493 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10496 if (note
->descsz
< 108)
10501 if (note
->descsz
< 120)
10509 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10510 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10515 /* Skip over pr_psinfosz. */
10516 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10520 offset
+= 4; /* Padding before pr_psinfosz. */
10524 /* pr_fname is PRFNAMESZ (16) + 1 bytes in size. */
10525 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
10526 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 17);
10529 /* pr_psargs is PRARGSZ (80) + 1 bytes in size. */
10530 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10531 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 81);
10534 /* Padding before pr_pid. */
10537 /* The pr_pid field was added in version "1a". */
10538 if (note
->descsz
< offset
+ 4)
10541 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10542 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10548 elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10554 /* Compute offset of pr_getregsz, skipping over pr_statussz.
10555 Also compute minimum size of this note. */
10556 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10560 min_size
= offset
+ (4 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4;
10564 offset
= 4 + 4 + 8; /* Includes padding before pr_statussz. */
10565 min_size
= offset
+ (8 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4 + 4;
10572 if (note
->descsz
< min_size
)
10575 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10576 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10579 /* Extract size of pr_reg from pr_gregsetsz. */
10580 /* Skip over pr_gregsetsz and pr_fpregsetsz. */
10581 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10583 size
= bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10588 size
= bfd_h_get_64 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10592 /* Skip over pr_osreldate. */
10595 /* Read signal from pr_cursig. */
10596 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
10597 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10598 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10601 /* Read TID from pr_pid. */
10602 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
10603 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10606 /* Padding before pr_reg. */
10607 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
10610 /* Make sure that there is enough data remaining in the note. */
10611 if ((note
->descsz
- offset
) < size
)
10614 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
10615 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
10616 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
10620 elfcore_grok_freebsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10622 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10624 switch (note
->type
)
10627 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
)
10628 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10630 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10633 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10636 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10638 case NT_FREEBSD_THRMISC
:
10639 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10640 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".thrmisc", note
);
10644 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_PROC
:
10645 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.proc",
10648 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_FILES
:
10649 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.files",
10652 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_VMMAP
:
10653 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.vmmap",
10656 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_AUXV
:
10657 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
10659 case NT_X86_XSTATE
:
10660 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10661 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10665 case NT_FREEBSD_PTLWPINFO
:
10666 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.lwpinfo",
10670 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10678 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
10682 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
10685 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
10692 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10694 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x7c + 31)
10697 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10698 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10699 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10701 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
10702 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10703 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
10705 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10706 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10707 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
10709 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
10714 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10718 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
10719 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwp
;
10721 switch (note
->type
)
10723 case NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
:
10724 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
10725 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
10726 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
10727 creates a core file. */
10728 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10729 #ifdef NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV
10730 case NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV
:
10731 /* NetBSD-specific Elf Auxiliary Vector data. */
10732 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
10738 /* As of March 2017 there are no other machine-independent notes
10739 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
10740 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
10743 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
10747 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
10749 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
10750 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
10752 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
10753 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
10754 switch (note
->type
)
10756 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
10757 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10759 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
10760 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10766 /* On SuperH, PT_GETREGS == mach+3 and PT_GETFPREGS == mach+5.
10767 There's also old PT___GETREGS40 == mach + 1 for old reg
10768 structure which lacks GBR. */
10771 switch (note
->type
)
10773 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
10774 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10776 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+5:
10777 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10783 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
10784 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
10787 switch (note
->type
)
10789 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
10790 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10792 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
10793 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10803 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10805 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x48 + 31)
10808 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10809 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10810 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10812 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
10813 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10814 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
10816 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10817 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10818 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
10824 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10826 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
10827 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10829 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
10830 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10832 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
10833 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10835 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
10836 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
10838 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
10839 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
10841 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
10843 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
10848 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10849 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10850 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
10859 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
10861 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
10868 if (note
->descsz
< 16)
10871 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
10872 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
10874 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
10875 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
10877 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
10878 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
10880 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
10881 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
10883 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= sig
;
10884 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
10887 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
10888 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
10889 thread just in case. */
10890 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
10891 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
10893 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
10894 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
10896 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
10899 strcpy (name
, buf
);
10901 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10905 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10906 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10907 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10909 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
10913 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
10914 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
10922 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
10923 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
10925 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
10928 strcpy (name
, buf
);
10930 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10934 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10935 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10936 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10938 /* This is the current thread. */
10939 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
== tid
)
10940 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
10945 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
10946 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
10947 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
10948 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
10951 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10953 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
10954 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
10956 static long tid
= 1;
10958 switch (note
->type
)
10960 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
10961 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
10962 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
10963 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
10964 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
10965 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
10966 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
10967 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
10974 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10980 /* Use note name as section name. */
10981 len
= note
->namesz
;
10982 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10985 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
10986 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
10988 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10992 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10993 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10994 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
10999 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
11002 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
11006 size of data for note
11008 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
11009 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
11010 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
11011 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
11014 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
11017 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
11025 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
11032 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
11034 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
11036 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
11039 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
11040 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
11041 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
11042 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
11043 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
11044 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
11048 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
11056 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
11066 /* gcc-8 warns (*) on all the strncpy calls in this function about
11067 possible string truncation. The "truncation" is not a bug. We
11068 have an external representation of structs with fields that are not
11069 necessarily NULL terminated and corresponding internal
11070 representation fields that are one larger so that they can always
11071 be NULL terminated.
11072 gcc versions between 4.2 and 4.6 do not allow pragma control of
11073 diagnostics inside functions, giving a hard error if you try to use
11074 the finer control available with later versions.
11075 gcc prior to 4.2 warns about diagnostic push and pop.
11076 gcc-5, gcc-6 and gcc-7 warn that -Wstringop-truncation is unknown,
11077 unless you also add #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragma".
11078 (*) Depending on your system header files! */
11079 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
11080 # pragma GCC diagnostic push
11081 # pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstringop-truncation"
11084 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
11088 const char *psargs
)
11090 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11092 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11095 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11096 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
11101 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
11102 # if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
11103 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11105 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
11107 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
11110 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
11113 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
11114 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
11115 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
11116 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11117 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11122 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
11124 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
11127 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
11130 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
11131 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
11132 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
11133 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11134 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11136 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
11141 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
11142 # pragma GCC diagnostic pop
11146 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
11147 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11148 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11150 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16
)
11152 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16 data
;
11154 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11155 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
11156 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11160 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32 data
;
11162 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11163 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
11164 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11169 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
11170 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11171 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11173 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16
)
11175 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16 data
;
11177 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11178 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11179 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11183 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32 data
;
11185 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11186 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11187 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11192 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11199 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11201 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11204 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11206 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
11211 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
11212 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
11213 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11215 prstatus32_t prstat
;
11217 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11218 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11219 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11220 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11221 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11222 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11229 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11230 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11231 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11232 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11233 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11234 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11236 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
11242 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
11244 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11251 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
11252 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11254 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11255 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
11256 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11257 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
11258 memcpy (&lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
11259 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
11260 #if !defined(gregs)
11261 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
11262 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
11264 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
11265 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
11268 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11269 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11271 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
11273 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
11275 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11279 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11280 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11282 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11283 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
11284 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11286 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11290 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11291 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11292 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11293 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11301 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11302 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11303 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11304 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11308 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
11311 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11314 const void *fpregs
,
11317 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11318 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11319 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
11323 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11326 const void *xfpregs
,
11329 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11330 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11331 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
11335 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11336 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
11339 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
== ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
11340 note_name
= "FreeBSD";
11342 note_name
= "LINUX";
11343 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11344 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
11348 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11351 const void *ppc_vmx
,
11354 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11355 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11356 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
11360 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11363 const void *ppc_vsx
,
11366 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11367 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11368 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
11372 elfcore_write_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
,
11375 const void *ppc_tar
,
11378 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11379 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11380 note_name
, NT_PPC_TAR
, ppc_tar
, size
);
11384 elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11387 const void *ppc_ppr
,
11390 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11391 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11392 note_name
, NT_PPC_PPR
, ppc_ppr
, size
);
11396 elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11399 const void *ppc_dscr
,
11402 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11403 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11404 note_name
, NT_PPC_DSCR
, ppc_dscr
, size
);
11408 elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
,
11411 const void *ppc_ebb
,
11414 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11415 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11416 note_name
, NT_PPC_EBB
, ppc_ebb
, size
);
11420 elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
,
11423 const void *ppc_pmu
,
11426 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11427 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11428 note_name
, NT_PPC_PMU
, ppc_pmu
, size
);
11432 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11435 const void *ppc_tm_cgpr
,
11438 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11439 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11440 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
, ppc_tm_cgpr
, size
);
11444 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11447 const void *ppc_tm_cfpr
,
11450 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11451 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11452 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
, ppc_tm_cfpr
, size
);
11456 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11459 const void *ppc_tm_cvmx
,
11462 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11463 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11464 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
, ppc_tm_cvmx
, size
);
11468 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11471 const void *ppc_tm_cvsx
,
11474 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11475 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11476 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
, ppc_tm_cvsx
, size
);
11480 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
,
11483 const void *ppc_tm_spr
,
11486 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11487 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11488 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_SPR
, ppc_tm_spr
, size
);
11492 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
,
11495 const void *ppc_tm_ctar
,
11498 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11499 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11500 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
, ppc_tm_ctar
, size
);
11504 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11507 const void *ppc_tm_cppr
,
11510 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11511 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11512 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
, ppc_tm_cppr
, size
);
11516 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11519 const void *ppc_tm_cdscr
,
11522 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11523 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11524 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
, ppc_tm_cdscr
, size
);
11528 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
11531 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
11534 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11535 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11536 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
11537 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
11541 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
11544 const void *s390_timer
,
11547 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11548 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11549 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
11553 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
11556 const void *s390_todcmp
,
11559 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11560 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11561 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
11565 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11568 const void *s390_todpreg
,
11571 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11572 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11573 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
11577 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
11580 const void *s390_ctrs
,
11583 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11584 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11585 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
11589 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
11592 const void *s390_prefix
,
11595 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11596 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11597 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
11601 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
11604 const void *s390_last_break
,
11607 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11608 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11609 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
11610 s390_last_break
, size
);
11614 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
11617 const void *s390_system_call
,
11620 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11621 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11622 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
11623 s390_system_call
, size
);
11627 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
,
11630 const void *s390_tdb
,
11633 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11634 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11635 note_name
, NT_S390_TDB
, s390_tdb
, size
);
11639 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
,
11642 const void *s390_vxrs_low
,
11645 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11646 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11647 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
, s390_vxrs_low
, size
);
11651 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
,
11654 const void *s390_vxrs_high
,
11657 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11658 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11659 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
,
11660 s390_vxrs_high
, size
);
11664 elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
,
11667 const void *s390_gs_cb
,
11670 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11671 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11672 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_CB
,
11677 elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
,
11680 const void *s390_gs_bc
,
11683 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11684 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11685 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_BC
,
11690 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
11693 const void *arm_vfp
,
11696 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11697 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11698 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
11702 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
,
11705 const void *aarch_tls
,
11708 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11709 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11710 note_name
, NT_ARM_TLS
, aarch_tls
, size
);
11714 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
,
11717 const void *aarch_hw_break
,
11720 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11721 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11722 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
, aarch_hw_break
, size
);
11726 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
,
11729 const void *aarch_hw_watch
,
11732 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11733 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11734 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
, aarch_hw_watch
, size
);
11738 elfcore_write_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
,
11741 const void *aarch_sve
,
11744 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11745 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11746 note_name
, NT_ARM_SVE
, aarch_sve
, size
);
11750 elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
,
11753 const void *aarch_pauth
,
11756 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11757 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11758 note_name
, NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
, aarch_pauth
, size
);
11762 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
11765 const char *section
,
11769 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
11770 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11771 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
11772 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11773 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
11774 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11775 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
11776 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11777 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
11778 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11779 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tar") == 0)
11780 return elfcore_write_ppc_tar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11781 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ppr") == 0)
11782 return elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11783 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-dscr") == 0)
11784 return elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11785 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ebb") == 0)
11786 return elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11787 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-pmu") == 0)
11788 return elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11789 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr") == 0)
11790 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11791 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr") == 0)
11792 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11793 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx") == 0)
11794 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11795 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx") == 0)
11796 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11797 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr") == 0)
11798 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11799 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar") == 0)
11800 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11801 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr") == 0)
11802 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11803 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr") == 0)
11804 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11805 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
11806 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11807 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
11808 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11809 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
11810 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11811 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
11812 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11813 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
11814 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11815 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
11816 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11817 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
11818 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11819 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
11820 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11821 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
11822 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11823 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
11824 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11825 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
11826 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11827 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb") == 0)
11828 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11829 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc") == 0)
11830 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11831 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
11832 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11833 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
11834 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11835 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
11836 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11837 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
11838 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11839 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-sve") == 0)
11840 return elfcore_write_aarch_sve (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11841 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-pauth") == 0)
11842 return elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11847 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
,
11852 /* NB: CORE PT_NOTE segments may have p_align values of 0 or 1.
11853 gABI specifies that PT_NOTE alignment should be aligned to 4
11854 bytes for 32-bit objects and to 8 bytes for 64-bit objects. If
11855 align is less than 4, we use 4 byte alignment. */
11858 if (align
!= 4 && align
!= 8)
11862 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
11864 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
11865 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
11867 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
11870 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
11872 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
11873 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
11874 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
11877 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
11878 in
.descdata
= p
+ ELF_NOTE_DESC_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, align
);
11879 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
11881 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
11882 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
11885 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
11892 #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
11895 const char * string
;
11897 bfd_boolean (* func
)(bfd
*, Elf_Internal_Note
*);
11901 GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note
),
11902 GROKER_ELEMENT ("FreeBSD", elfcore_grok_freebsd_note
),
11903 GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note
),
11904 GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note
),
11905 GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note
),
11906 GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note
),
11907 GROKER_ELEMENT ("GNU", elfobj_grok_gnu_note
)
11909 #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
11912 for (i
= ARRAY_SIZE (grokers
); i
--;)
11914 if (in
.namesz
>= grokers
[i
].len
11915 && strncmp (in
.namedata
, grokers
[i
].string
,
11916 grokers
[i
].len
) == 0)
11918 if (! grokers
[i
].func (abfd
, & in
))
11927 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
11929 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
11932 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
11933 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
11935 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
11941 p
+= ELF_NOTE_NEXT_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, in
.descsz
, align
);
11948 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
,
11953 if (size
== 0 || (size
+ 1) == 0)
11956 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
11959 buf
= (char *) _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, size
+ 1, size
);
11963 /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
11964 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
11967 if (!elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
, align
))
11977 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
11979 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
11980 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
11981 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
11984 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
11986 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11988 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
11992 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
11995 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
11996 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
11997 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
11998 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
12000 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
12001 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
12004 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
12008 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12010 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12014 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
12015 if (num_phdrs
!= 0)
12016 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
12017 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
12022 enum elf_reloc_type_class
12023 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12024 const asection
*rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12025 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12027 return reloc_class_normal
;
12030 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
12031 relocation against a local symbol. */
12034 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
12035 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
12037 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
12039 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
12040 bfd_vma relocation
;
12042 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
12043 + sec
->output_offset
12045 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
12046 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
12047 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
12050 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
12051 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12052 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
12055 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
12056 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
12057 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
12058 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
12059 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
12060 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
12061 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
12064 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
12065 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
12071 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
12072 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
12076 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
12078 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
12079 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
12081 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
12082 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12083 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
12086 /* Adjust an address within a section. Given OFFSET within SEC, return
12087 the new offset within the section, based upon changes made to the
12088 section. Returns -1 if the offset is now invalid.
12089 The offset (in abnd out) is in target sized bytes, however big a
12093 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
12094 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12098 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
12100 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
12101 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12103 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
12104 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
12107 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
12109 /* Reverse the offset. */
12110 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12111 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
12113 /* address_size and sec->size are in octets. Convert
12114 to bytes before subtracting the original offset. */
12115 offset
= ((sec
->size
- address_size
)
12116 / bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, sec
) - offset
);
12122 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
12123 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
12124 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
12125 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
12126 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
12127 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
12129 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
12130 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
12131 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
12132 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
12133 the remote memory. */
12136 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
12139 bfd_size_type size
,
12140 bfd_vma
*loadbasep
,
12141 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
12143 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
12144 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, size
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
12148 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
12149 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12150 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12155 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12158 const char *relplt_name
;
12159 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
12163 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
12169 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
12172 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
12175 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
12178 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
12179 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
12180 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
12181 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
12182 if (relplt
== NULL
)
12185 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
12186 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
12187 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
12190 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
12194 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
12195 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
12198 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12199 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
12200 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12201 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12203 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
12204 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12207 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
12209 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
12214 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
12218 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
12219 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12221 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12226 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
12227 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
12230 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12231 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
12232 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
12233 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
12234 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
12235 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
12237 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
12240 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
12241 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
12243 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12247 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
12248 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
12249 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
12250 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
12253 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
12256 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
12257 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
12264 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far.
12265 ??? This repeats *COM* id of zero. sec->id is supposed to be unique,
12266 but current usage would allow all of _bfd_std_section to be zero. */
12267 static const asymbol lcomm_sym
12268 = GLOBAL_SYM_INIT ("LARGE_COMMON", &_bfd_elf_large_com_section
);
12269 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
12270 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
, &lcomm_sym
,
12271 "LARGE_COMMON", 0, SEC_IS_COMMON
);
12274 _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
12276 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
12278 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
12280 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12281 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
12283 /* Set the osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains
12284 SHF_GNU_MBIND sections or symbols of STT_GNU_IFUNC type or
12285 STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
12286 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
!= 0)
12288 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12289 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
12290 else if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] != ELFOSABI_GNU
12291 && i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] != ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
12293 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
)
12294 _bfd_error_handler (_("GNU_MBIND section is unsupported"));
12295 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_ifunc
)
12296 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol type STT_GNU_IFUNC is unsupported"));
12297 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_unique
)
12298 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol binding STB_GNU_UNIQUE is unsupported"));
12299 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
12307 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
12308 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
12309 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
12312 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
12314 return (type
== STT_FUNC
12315 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
12318 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
12319 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
12320 otherwise return zero. */
12323 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
12326 bfd_size_type size
;
12328 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
12329 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
12330 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
12333 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
12335 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
12336 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
12342 /* Set to non-zero to enable some debug messages. */
12343 #define DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS 0
12345 /* An internal-to-the-bfd-library only section type
12346 used to indicate a cached secondary reloc section. */
12347 #define SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC (SHT_LOOS + SHT_RELA)
12349 /* Create a BFD section to hold a secondary reloc section. */
12352 _bfd_elf_init_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
12353 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
12355 unsigned int shindex
)
12357 /* We only support RELA secondary relocs. */
12358 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
)
12361 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12362 fprintf (stderr
, "secondary reloc section %s encountered\n", name
);
12364 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
;
12365 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
12368 /* Read in any secondary relocs associated with SEC. */
12371 _bfd_elf_slurp_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
12373 asymbol
** symbols
)
12375 const struct elf_backend_data
* const ebd
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12377 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
12378 bfd_vma (*r_sym
) (bfd_vma
);
12380 #if BFD_DEFAULT_TARGET_SIZE > 32
12381 if (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) != 32)
12382 r_sym
= elf64_r_sym
;
12385 r_sym
= elf32_r_sym
;
12387 /* Discover if there are any secondary reloc sections
12388 associated with SEC. */
12389 for (relsec
= abfd
->sections
; relsec
!= NULL
; relsec
= relsec
->next
)
12391 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
= & elf_section_data (relsec
)->this_hdr
;
12393 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
12394 && hdr
->sh_info
== (unsigned) elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
)
12396 bfd_byte
* native_relocs
;
12397 bfd_byte
* native_reloc
;
12398 arelent
* internal_relocs
;
12399 arelent
* internal_reloc
;
12401 unsigned int entsize
;
12402 unsigned int symcount
;
12403 unsigned int reloc_count
;
12406 if (ebd
->elf_info_to_howto
== NULL
)
12409 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12410 fprintf (stderr
, "read secondary relocs for %s from %s\n",
12411 sec
->name
, relsec
->name
);
12413 entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12415 native_relocs
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
12416 if (native_relocs
== NULL
)
12422 reloc_count
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
12423 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (reloc_count
, sizeof (arelent
), & amt
))
12425 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
12430 internal_relocs
= (arelent
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
12431 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
12433 free (native_relocs
);
12438 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12439 || (bfd_bread (native_relocs
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
12442 free (native_relocs
);
12443 free (internal_relocs
);
12448 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
12450 for (i
= 0, internal_reloc
= internal_relocs
,
12451 native_reloc
= native_relocs
;
12453 i
++, internal_reloc
++, native_reloc
+= entsize
)
12456 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
12458 ebd
->s
->swap_reloca_in (abfd
, native_reloc
, & rela
);
12460 /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object
12461 file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library.
12462 The address of a normal BFD reloc is always section relative,
12463 and the address of a dynamic reloc is absolute.. */
12464 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0)
12465 internal_reloc
->address
= rela
.r_offset
;
12467 internal_reloc
->address
= rela
.r_offset
- sec
->vma
;
12469 if (r_sym (rela
.r_info
) == STN_UNDEF
)
12471 /* FIXME: This and the error case below mean that we
12472 have a symbol on relocs that is not elf_symbol_type. */
12473 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
=
12474 bfd_abs_section_ptr
->symbol_ptr_ptr
;
12476 else if (r_sym (rela
.r_info
) > symcount
)
12479 /* xgettext:c-format */
12480 (_("%pB(%pA): relocation %d has invalid symbol index %ld"),
12481 abfd
, sec
, i
, (long) r_sym (rela
.r_info
));
12482 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12483 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
=
12484 bfd_abs_section_ptr
->symbol_ptr_ptr
;
12491 ps
= symbols
+ r_sym (rela
.r_info
) - 1;
12493 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
= ps
;
12494 /* Make sure that this symbol is not removed by strip. */
12495 (*ps
)->flags
|= BSF_KEEP
;
12498 internal_reloc
->addend
= rela
.r_addend
;
12500 res
= ebd
->elf_info_to_howto (abfd
, internal_reloc
, & rela
);
12501 if (! res
|| internal_reloc
->howto
== NULL
)
12503 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12504 fprintf (stderr
, "there is no howto associated with reloc %lx\n",
12511 free (native_relocs
);
12512 /* Store the internal relocs. */
12513 elf_section_data (relsec
)->sec_info
= internal_relocs
;
12520 /* Set the ELF section header fields of an output secondary reloc section. */
12523 _bfd_elf_copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
* ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12524 bfd
* obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12525 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* isection
,
12526 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* osection
)
12531 if (isection
== NULL
)
12534 if (isection
->sh_type
!= SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
)
12537 isec
= isection
->bfd_section
;
12541 osec
= osection
->bfd_section
;
12545 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
)->sec_info
== NULL
);
12546 elf_section_data (osec
)->sec_info
= elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
;
12547 osection
->sh_type
= SHT_RELA
;
12548 osection
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (obfd
);
12549 if (osection
->sh_link
== 0)
12551 /* There is no symbol table - we are hosed... */
12553 /* xgettext:c-format */
12554 (_("%pB(%pA): link section cannot be set because the output file does not have a symbol table"),
12556 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12560 /* Find the output section that corresponds to the isection's sh_info link. */
12561 BFD_ASSERT (isection
->sh_info
> 0
12562 && isection
->sh_info
< elf_numsections (ibfd
));
12563 isection
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
)[isection
->sh_info
];
12565 BFD_ASSERT (isection
!= NULL
);
12566 BFD_ASSERT (isection
->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12567 BFD_ASSERT (isection
->bfd_section
->output_section
!= NULL
);
12568 osection
->sh_info
=
12569 elf_section_data (isection
->bfd_section
->output_section
)->this_idx
;
12571 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12572 fprintf (stderr
, "update header of %s, sh_link = %u, sh_info = %u\n",
12573 osec
->name
, osection
->sh_link
, osection
->sh_info
);
12579 /* Write out a secondary reloc section. */
12582 _bfd_elf_write_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
12584 const struct elf_backend_data
* const ebd
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12585 bfd_vma addr_offset
;
12587 bfd_vma (*r_info
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
);
12589 #if BFD_DEFAULT_TARGET_SIZE > 32
12590 if (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) != 32)
12591 r_info
= elf64_r_info
;
12594 r_info
= elf32_r_info
;
12599 /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object
12600 file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library.
12601 The address of a BFD reloc is always section relative. */
12603 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
12604 addr_offset
= sec
->vma
;
12606 /* Discover if there are any secondary reloc sections
12607 associated with SEC. */
12608 for (relsec
= abfd
->sections
; relsec
!= NULL
; relsec
= relsec
->next
)
12610 const struct bfd_elf_section_data
* const esd
= elf_section_data (relsec
);
12611 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* const hdr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) & esd
->this_hdr
;
12613 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
12614 && hdr
->sh_info
== (unsigned) elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
)
12616 asymbol
* last_sym
;
12618 unsigned int reloc_count
;
12620 arelent
* src_irel
;
12621 bfd_byte
* dst_rela
;
12623 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
12625 reloc_count
= hdr
->sh_size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12626 BFD_ASSERT (reloc_count
> 0);
12628 hdr
->contents
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
);
12629 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
12632 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12633 fprintf (stderr
, "write %u secondary relocs for %s from %s\n",
12634 reloc_count
, sec
->name
, relsec
->name
);
12638 dst_rela
= hdr
->contents
;
12639 src_irel
= (arelent
*) esd
->sec_info
;
12640 BFD_ASSERT (src_irel
!= NULL
);
12642 for (idx
= 0; idx
< reloc_count
; idx
++, dst_rela
+= hdr
->sh_entsize
)
12644 Elf_Internal_Rela src_rela
;
12649 ptr
= src_irel
+ idx
;
12650 sym
= *ptr
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12652 if (sym
== last_sym
)
12657 n
= _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd
, & sym
);
12660 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12661 fprintf (stderr
, "failed to find symbol %s whilst rewriting relocs\n",
12664 /* FIXME: Signal failure somehow. */
12670 if ((*ptr
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
!= NULL
12671 && (*ptr
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
12672 && ! _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (abfd
, ptr
))
12674 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12675 fprintf (stderr
, "symbol %s is not in the output bfd\n",
12678 /* FIXME: Signal failure somehow. */
12682 if (ptr
->howto
== NULL
)
12684 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12685 fprintf (stderr
, "reloc for symbol %s does not have a howto associated with it\n",
12688 /* FIXME: Signal failure somehow. */
12692 src_rela
.r_offset
= ptr
->address
+ addr_offset
;
12693 src_rela
.r_info
= r_info (n
, ptr
->howto
->type
);
12694 src_rela
.r_addend
= ptr
->addend
;
12695 ebd
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &src_rela
, dst_rela
);